FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORP
10-K, 1997-03-31
SAVINGS INSTITUTION, FEDERALLY CHARTERED
Previous: SILVER DINER DEVELOPMENT INC /MD/, 10-K, 1997-03-31
Next: SCOTSMAN HOLDINGS INC, 10-K, 1997-03-31








                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                    FORM 10-K

                ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

                   For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

                        Commission file number 000-24272



                         FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

           Delaware                                      11-3209278
(State or other jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)

               144-51 Northern Boulevard, Flushing, New York 11354
                    (Address of principal executive offices)

                                 (718) 961-5400
              (Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  None.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  Common Stock 
                                                             $0.01 par value.

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.   Yes   X   No
                                                ---      ---

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K (ss.229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein,
and will not be contained,  to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive
proxy or information  statements  incorporated  by reference in Part III of this
Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         As of January 31, 1997, the aggregate  market value of the voting stock
held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $131,934,000.  This figure is based
on  the  closing  price  on  the  Nasdaq  National  Market  for a  share  of the
registrant's  Common  Stock,  $0.01 par value,  on January 31,  1997,  which was
$17.625 as reported in the Wall Street Journal on February 3, 1997.

         The number of shares of the registrant's Common Stock outstanding as of
January 31, 1997 was 8,132,597 shares.

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions  of the  Company's  Annual  Report to  Stockholders  for the year ended
December 1996 are  incorporated  herein by reference in Part II, and portions of
the Company's  definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders
to be held on April 29, 1997 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III.


<PAGE>



                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                          PAGE
                                                                          ----
                                     PART I

Item 1.   Business........................................................   3
Item 2.   Properties......................................................  45
Item 3.   Legal Proceedings...............................................  46
Item 4.   Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.............  46

                                     PART II

Item 5.   Market for the Registrant's Common Stock and Related
          Stockholder Matters.............................................  46
Item 6.   Selected Financial Data.........................................  47
Item 7.   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
          Condition and Results of Operations.............................  47
Item 8.   Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.....................  47
Item 9.   Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on
          Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................  47

                                    PART III

Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant..............  47
Item 11.  Executive Compensation..........................................  47
Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
          Management......................................................  47
Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions..................  48

                                     PART IV

Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on
          Form 8-K........................................................  48



                                       2
<PAGE>



                                     PART I


         Statements  contained  in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K  relating to
plans, strategies, economic performance and trends and other statements that are
not descriptions of historical facts may be  forward-looking  statements  within
the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934.  Forward  looking  information  is  inherently
subject to risks and  uncertainties,  and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors,  which include, but
are not limited to, factors  discussed  under the captions  "Business--General",
"Business--Market  Area and Competition" and "Risk Factors" below, and elsewhere
in this  Form  10-K  and in  other  documents  filed  by the  Company  with  the
Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  from  time to time.  The  Company  has no
obligation to update these forward-looking statements

Item 1.  Business.

General

         Flushing   Financial   Corporation   (the   "Company")  is  a  Delaware
corporation  organized in May 1994, at the direction of the Board of Trustees of
Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") for the purpose of acquiring and holding
all of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank issued upon its conversion from
a  federal   mutual   savings  bank  to  a  federal   stock  savings  bank  (the
"Conversion").  The Conversion was completed on November 21, 1995. In connection
with the Conversion,  the Company issued  8,625,000  shares of common stock at a
price of $11.50 per share to the Bank's  eligible  depositors who subscribed for
shares,  and to an employee  benefit  trust  established  by the Company for the
purpose of holding shares for allocation or distribution  under certain employee
benefit plans of the Company and the Bank (the "Employee  Benefit  Trust").  The
Company realized net proceeds of $96.5 million from the sale of its common stock
and utilized  approximately  $48.3  million of such proceeds to purchase 100% of
the issued and outstanding shares of the Bank's common stock.

         The  primary   business  of  the  Company  is  the   operation  of  its
wholly-owned  subsidiary,  the Bank.  In addition  to  directing,  planning  and
coordinating the business  activities of the Bank, the Company invests primarily
in U.S. government and federal agency securities, federal funds, mortgage-backed
securities, and investment grade corporate obligations. The Company also holds a
note evidencing a loan that it made to the Employee  Benefit Trust to enable the
Employee  Benefit  Trust to acquire  690,000  shares,  or 8% of the common stock
issued in the Conversion.  The Company has in the past increased  growth through
acquisition of branches of other financial institutions,  and will pursue growth
through  acquisitions  that are  accretive  to  earnings.  The  Company may also
organize or acquire,  through  merger or  otherwise,  other  financial  services
related  companies.  The activities of the Company are funded by that portion of
the proceeds of the sale of common stock in the Conversion  that the Company was
permitted by the Office of Thrift  Supervision  ("OTS") to retain,  and earnings
thereon, and by dividends, if any, received from the Bank.

         The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company, which, under
existing  laws,  is  generally  not  restricted  as to  the  types  of  business
activities  in which it may engage,  provided  that the Bank  continues  to be a
qualified  thrift lender.  Under  regulations of the OTS the Bank is a qualified
thrift lender if its ratio of qualified  thrift  investments to portfolio assets
("QTL  Ratio") is 65% or more,  on a monthly  average  basis in nine of every 12
months. At December 31, 1996, the Bank's QTL Ratio was 72.57%,  and the Bank had
maintained  more  than  65%  of  its  "portfolio  assets"  in  qualified  thrift
investments   in   at   least   nine   of   the   preceding   12   months.   See
"Regulation--Qualified Thrift Lender Test" and "Regulation--Company Regulation."

         The Company  neither  owns nor leases any property but instead uses the
premises and equipment of the Bank.  At the present  time,  the Company does not
employ any persons  other than  certain  officers of the Bank who do not receive
any extra  compensation  as officers of the  Company.  The Company  utilizes the
support staff of the Bank from time to time, as needed. Additional employees may
be hired as deemed appropriate by the management of the Company.



                                        3
<PAGE>



         Unless otherwise disclosed,  the information presented in the financial
statements  and this Form 10-K reflect the  financial  condition  and results of
operations of the Company and the Bank on a consolidated  basis. At December 31,
1996, the Company had total assets of $775.3 million.

         The Company's principal business is attracting retail deposits from the
general public and investing  those deposits  together with funds generated from
operations,  primarily in (i) originations  and purchases of  one-to-four-family
residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family  income-producing  property loans and
commercial   real  estate  loans;   (ii)  mortgage  loan   surrogates   such  as
mortgage-backed  securities;  and  (iii)  U.S.  government  and  federal  agency
securities,  corporate fixed-income  securities and other marketable securities.
To a  lesser  extent,  the  Company  originates  co-operative  apartment  loans,
construction  and consumer  loans.  At December 31, 1996,  the Company had loans
receivable,  net of  allowance  for loan losses and unearned  income,  of $382.8
million  (approximately 49.38% of the Company's total assets). On a consolidated
basis,  the Company held mortgage  -backed  securities  with a carrying value of
$141.0 million  (approximately 18.19% of the Company's total assets),  including
$37.8  million  of  fixed-rate  mortgage-backed  securities  that were  acquired
through the securitization of Bank-originated fixed-rate mortgage loans in 1994.
The Company's revenues are derived principally from interest on its mortgage and
other loans and mortgage-backed  securities portfolio and interest and dividends
on other investments in its securities portfolio.  The Company's primary sources
of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans, mortgage-backed
and other securities, proceeds from sales of securities and, to a lesser extent,
proceeds from sales of loans.

Market Area and Competition

         The Bank has been, and intends to continue to be, a community  oriented
savings  institution  offering a wide variety of financial  services to meet the
needs of the communities it serves.  The Bank is headquartered in Flushing,  New
York,  located in the Borough of Queens.  It currently  operates out of its main
office and six branch offices,  located in the New York City Boroughs of Queens,
Brooklyn and Manhattan, and in Nassau County, New York. Substantially all of the
Bank's  mortgage  loans are secured by  properties  located in the New York City
metropolitan area. During the last three years, the unemployment and real estate
values in the New York City metropolitan area have been relatively stable, which
has favorably  impacted the Bank's asset quality.  See "--Asset  Quality." There
can be no assurance that the stability of these economic factors will continue.

         The Bank faces intense and increasing  competition both in making loans
and in  attracting  deposits.  The  Bank's  market  area has a high  density  of
financial  institutions,  many of which have greater financial  resources,  name
recognition  and market presence than the Bank, and all of which are competitors
of the Bank to varying  degrees.  Particularly  intense  competition  exists for
deposits and in all of the lending activities emphasized by the Bank. The Bank's
competition for loans comes  principally  from commercial  banks,  other savings
banks,  savings and loan  associations,  mortgage banking  companies,  insurance
companies,  finance  companies and credit unions.  Management  anticipates  that
competition  for one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans,  multi-family
loans and commercial  real estate loans will continue to increase in the future.
Thus,  no  assurances  can be given  that the Bank will be able to  maintain  or
increase  its  current  level of such loans,  as  contemplated  by  management's
current  business  strategy  The Bank's most  direct  competition  for  deposits
historically has come from other savings banks,  commercial  banks,  savings and
loan  associations  and credit unions.  In addition,  the Bank faces  increasing
competition  for deposits from products  offered by brokerage  firms,  insurance
companies  and other  financial  intermediaries,  such as money market and other
mutual  funds and  annuities.  Trends  toward the  consolidation  of the banking
industry and the lifting of interstate  banking and branching  restrictions  may
make it more difficult for smaller,  community-oriented banks, such as the Bank,
to compete effectively with large, national, regional and super-regional banking
institutions.  Notwithstanding  the  intense  competition,  the  Bank  has  been
successful in maintaining its deposit base.

         For  a  discussion   of  the   Company's   business   strategies,   see
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report of Stockholders
for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996 (the "Annual Report"),  incorporated
herein by reference.



                                       4
<PAGE>



Lending Activities

         Loan  Portfolio   Composition.   The  Bank's  loan  portfolio  consists
primarily of conventional  fixed-rate  residential mortgage loans and adjustable
rate mortgage ("ARM") loans secured by one-to-four family  residences,  mortgage
loans secured by  multi-family  income  producing  properties or commercial real
estate,  co-operative apartment loans, construction loans and consumer loans. At
December  31,  1996,  the Bank had gross  loans  outstanding  of $389.8  million
(before reserves and unearned income),  of which $223.3 million, or 57.28%, were
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans  (including  $17.7  million of
condominium  loans,  and $6.3 million of home equity loans).  Of the one-to-four
family  residential  loans  outstanding on that date,  73.40% were ARM loans and
26.60% were fixed-rate loans. At December 31, 1996,  multi-family  loans totaled
$104.9 million,  or 26.91% of gross loans,  commercial real estate loans totaled
$46.7 million,  or 11.98% , co-operative  apartment loans totaled $13.2 million,
or 3.40%,  and consumer and other loans totaled $1.7 million,  or 0.43% of gross
loans.

         While management continues to place primary emphasis on the origination
of one-to-four family residential  mortgage loans,  management's  strategy calls
for increased  emphasis on multi-family  and commercial real estate loans.  From
December 31, 1995 to December 31, 1996, one-to-four-family  residential mortgage
loans increased $66.4 million, or 39.06%, and multi-family loans increased $35.7
million, or 51.68%.  Fully underwritten  one-to-four family residential mortgage
loans are considered by the banking  industry to have less risk than other types
of loans.  Multi-family  income-producing  real estate loans and commercial real
estate loans  generally  have higher  yields than  one-to-four  family loans and
shorter terms to maturity,  but typically  involve higher principal  amounts and
generally  expose  the  lender  to  greater  risk  of  credit  loss  than  fully
underwritten  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans.  The  Company's
increased  emphasis on  multi-family  and  commercial  real estate  loans can be
expected to increase the overall  level of credit risk inherent in the Company's
loan portfolio.  The greater risk associated  with  multi-family  and commercial
real estate  loans may require the Company to increase its  provisions  for loan
losses and to maintain an  allowance  for loan losses as a  percentage  of total
loans in excess of the allowance currently maintained by the Company.

         The Bank's lending activities are subject to federal and state laws and
regulations.  Interest rates charged by the Bank on loans are affected primarily
by the  demand  for such  loans,  the  supply  of money  available  for  lending
purposes,  the  rate  offered  by the  Bank's  competitors  and,  in the case of
corporate entities, the creditworthiness of the borrower.  Many of those factors
are, in turn,  affected by regional and national  economic  conditions,  and the
fiscal, monetary and tax policies of the federal government.



                                       5
<PAGE>



         The  following  table sets  forth the  composition  of the Bank's  loan
portfolio at the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               At December 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1996                        1995                         1994
                                                -----------------------      -----------------------      -----------------------
                                                                           (Dollars in thousands)
                                                               Percent                      Percent                      Percent
                                                Amount         of Total      Amount         of Total      Amount         of Total
                                                ------         --------      ------         --------      ------         --------
<S>                                          <C>                <C>       <C>                <C>       <C>                <C>   
Mortgage loans:
   One-to-four family(1)(2) ...............  $ 223,273          57.28%    $ 155,435          54.20%    $ 133,006          51.39%
   Co-operative(3) ........................     13,245           3.40        14,653           5.11        16,155           6.24
   Multi-family ...........................    104,870          26.91        69,140          24.11        56,559          21.85
   Commercial .............................     46,698          11.98        45,215          15.77        49,512          19.13
   Construction ...........................       --             --            --             --             364           0.14
                                             ---------          -----     ---------          -----     ---------          ----- 
     Gross mortgage loans .................    388,086          99.57       284,443          99.19       255,596          98.75
Other loans ...............................      1,680           0.43         2,328           0.81         3,231           1.25
                                             ---------          -----     ---------          -----     ---------          ----- 
   Gross loans ............................    389,766         100.00%      286,771         100.00%      258,827         100.00%
                                                               ======                       ======                       ====== 
Less:
   Unearned income, unamortized discounts,
     and deferred loan fees, net ..........     (1,548)                      (1,335)                      (1,341)
   Allowance for loan losses ..............     (5,437)                      (5,310)                      (5,370)
                                             ---------                    ---------                    --------- 
   Loans, net .............................  $ 382,781                    $ 280,126                    $ 252,116 
                                             =========                    =========                    ========= 
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                At December 31,
                                                ---------------------------------------------------
                                                        1993                        1992             
                                                -----------------------     -----------------------
                                                               Percent                     Percent  
                                                Amount         of Total     Amount         of Total 
                                                ------         --------     ------         -------- 
                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                          <C>                <C>      <C>                <C>   
Mortgage loans:
   One-to-four family(1)(2) ...............  $ 134,967          51.61%   $ 168,762          56.10%
   Co-operative(3) ........................     17,098           6.54       19,497           6.48
   Multi-family ...........................     49,459          18.91       54,481          18.11
   Commercial .............................     54,310          20.77       54,061          17.97
   Construction ...........................      1,891           0.72         --             --
                                             ---------          -----    ---------          ----- 
     Gross mortgage loans .................    257,725          98.55      296,801          98.66
Other loans ...............................      3,791           1.45        4,043           1.34
                                             ---------          -----    ---------          ----- 
   Gross loans ............................    261,516         100.00%     300,844         100.00%
                                                               ======                      ====== 
Less:
   Unearned income, unamortized discounts,
     and deferred loan fees, net ..........     (1,202)                     (1,009)
   Allowance for loan losses ..............     (5,723)                     (4,555)
                                             ---------                   ---------
   Loans, net .............................  $ 254,591                   $ 295,280
                                             =========                   =========
</TABLE>




(1)      One-to-four  family  residential  loans also  include  home  equity and
         condominium  loans.  At December  31,  1996,  gross home  equity  loans
         totaled $6.3 million and condominium loans totaled $17.7 million.

(2)      Excludes loans available for sale of $5.6 million at December 31, 1993.

(3)      Consists  of  loans  secured  by  shares   representing   interests  in
         individual co-operative units that are generally owner occupied.



                                       6
<PAGE>



         The following table sets forth the Bank's loan originations  (including
the net effect of  refinancings)  and the  changes in the  Bank's  portfolio  of
loans,  including  purchases,  sales  and  principal  reductions  for the  years
indicated:

                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                            -----------------------------------
                                               1996         1995         1994
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                       (In thousands)
Mortgage loans:
At beginning of year ....................   $ 284,443    $ 255,596    $ 263,329
   Mortgage loans originated:
     One-to-four family(1) ..............      51,309       19,298       31,715
     Co-operative .......................          76          140          188
     Multi-family .......................      43,184       19,162       11,822
     Commercial .........................       7,501        2,144        2,559
     Construction .......................        --           --            628
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
     Total mortgage loans originated ....     102,070       40,744       46,912
   Acquired loans(2) ....................      39,873       18,766        4,717
Less:
   Principal reductions .................      37,150       29,384       38,073
   Mortgage loans sold(1) ...............        --            626        3,148
   Loans securitized ....................        --           --         15,796
   Mortgage loan foreclosures ...........       1,150          653        2,345
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
At end of year ..........................   $ 388,086    $ 284,443    $ 255,596
                                            =========    =========    =========
Other loans:
At beginning of year ....................   $   2,328    $   3,231    $   3,791
Net activity ............................        (648)        (903)        (560)
                                            ---------    ---------    ---------
At end of year ..........................   $   1,680    $   2,328    $   3,231
                                            =========    =========    =========

- ------------

(1)      Includes mortgage loans originated for sale in the secondary market.

(2)      For  a  description   of  the  Bank's  loan  purchase   activity,   see
         "--One-to-Four Family Mortgage Lending."



                                       7
<PAGE>



         Loan Maturity and Repricing. The following table sets forth at December
31, 1996,  the dollar amount of all loans held in the Bank's  portfolio  that is
due after  December  31, 1997,  and whether such loans have fixed or  adjustable
interest  rates.  Non-performing  loans are excluded.  The Bank's loan portfolio
contained  no  outstanding  construction  loans  as of the  date  specified  and
therefore the following two tables exclude reference to any such loans.

                                                 Due after December 31, 1997
                                          --------------------------------------
                                            Fixed       Adjustable        Total
                                          --------      ----------      --------
                                                     (In thousands)
Mortgage loans:
   One-to-four family .............       $ 58,351       $107,382       $165,733
   Co-operative ...................          2,903          4,311          7,214
   Multi-family ...................         18,167         83,895        102,062
   Commercial .....................          8,269         30,862         39,131
Other loans .......................          1,123           --            1,123
                                          --------       --------       --------
   Total loans ....................       $ 88,813       $226,450       $315,263
                                          ========       ========       ========

         The  following  table shows the  maturity or period to repricing of the
Bank's loan portfolio at December 31, 1996. Loans that have adjustable-rates are
shown as being  due in the  period  during  which  the  interest  rates are next
subject to change. The table does not reflect prepayments or scheduled principal
amortization,  which totaled $37.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.
Certain  adjustable  rate loans have  features  which limit  changes in interest
rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the loan.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                 At December 31, 1996
                             ---------------------------------------------------------------
                              One-to-                                                Total
                               Four                 Multi-                Other      Loans
                              Family  Co-operative  Family   Commercial   Loans    Receivable
                             -------  ------------  ------   ----------  --------  ----------
                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Amounts due(1):
  Within one year            $ 55,705   $  5,999   $  2,303   $  7,567   $    521   $ 72,095
                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------

After one year(1):
  One to two years .......     30,307      1,681     12,753      9,828        430     54,999
  Two to three years .....     21,707      2,067      9,830      9,538        429     43,571
  Three to five years ....     38,303        713     61,140     11,522        250    111,928
  Five to ten years ......     32,670      1,430     11,780      7,928         14     53,822
  Over ten years .........     42,746      1,323      6,559        315       --       50,943
                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
  Total due after one year    165,733      7,214    102,062     39,131      1,123    315,263
                             --------   --------   --------   --------   --------   --------
    Total amounts due ...    $221,438   $ 13,213   $104,365   $ 46,698   $  1,644   $387,358
                             ========   ========   ========   ========   ========   ========

============================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Excludes $2.4 million in non-performing loans.

         One-to-Four  Family  Mortgage  Lending.  The Bank offers mortgage loans
secured by one-to-four family residences,  including  townhouses and condominium
units,  located in its primary  lending  area.  For purposes of the  description
contained in this section,  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans and
co-operative apartment loans are collectively referred to herein as "residential
mortgage  loans." The Bank offers both fixed-rate and ARM  residential  mortgage
loans with  maturities  of up to 30 years and a general  maximum  loan amount of
$500,000.  Loan originations  generally result from  applications  received from
existing or past customers,  persons that respond to Bank  advertising and other
marketing  efforts and referrals from attorneys,  real estate brokers,  mortgage
brokers and mortgage bankers.

         Partly in response  to the  intense  competition  for  originations  of
one-to-four family  residential  mortgage loans, in the second half of 1994, the
Bank commenced a program of  correspondent  relationships  with several mortgage
bankers and brokers  operating  in the New York  metropolitan  area.  Under this
program, the Bank purchases individual newly originated one-to-four family loans
originated  by such  correspondents.  Typically,  the  

                                       8


<PAGE>

servicing  is  purchased  as well.  The loans are  underwritten  pursuant to the
Bank's credit underwriting standards and each loan is reviewed by Bank personnel
prior to purchase to ensure conformity with such standards.  Generally, the Bank
does not receive loan origination fees on such loans. During 1996, through these
relationships,  the Bank purchased $39.9 million in one-to-four  family mortgage
loans,  as compared to $11.6  million in 1995 and $4.7 million  during 1994.  In
addition,  from time to time,  the Bank will  selectively  purchase  packages of
seasoned performing  one-to-four family residential loans located within the New
York region.  During 1995, the Bank purchased one package of such loans totaling
$7.2 million with an average yield of 7.97%.  Servicing  was not  acquired.  The
Bank did not purchase any seasoned loans in 1996.

         The Bank generally originates  residential mortgage loans in amounts up
to 80% of the appraised value or the sale price, whichever is less. The Bank may
make residential  mortgage loans with  loan-to-value  ratios of up to 95% of the
appraised value of the mortgaged property;  however,  private mortgage insurance
is required whenever  loan-to-value  ratios exceed 80% of the appraised value of
the property securing the loan.

         The majority of the residential  mortgage loans  originated by the Bank
are   underwritten   to  FNMA  and  other  agency   guidelines   to   facilitate
securitization and sale in the secondary market. These guidelines require, among
other things, verification of the loan applicant's income. However, from time to
time, and  increasingly  in 1996, the Bank has originated  residential  mortgage
loans to  self-employed  individuals  within the Bank's local community  without
verification  of the  borrower's  level of income,  provided that the borrower's
stated  income is considered  reasonable  for the  borrower's  type of business.
These loans  involve a higher  degree of risk as  compared  to the Bank's  other
fully underwritten  residential mortgage loans as there is a greater opportunity
for  borrowers  to falsify or  overstate  their  level of income and  ability to
service  indebtedness.  To mitigate  this risk,  the Bank  typically  limits the
amount of these loans to 70% of the appraised  value of the property or the sale
price,  whichever  is less.  These loans also are not as readily  salable in the
secondary market as the Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole
loans or when pooled or securitized. FNMA does not purchase such loans. The Bank
believes,  however,  that its willingness to make such loans is an aspect of its
commitment  to be a  community-oriented  bank.  Although  there  are a number of
purchasers for such loans,  there can be no assurance that such  purchasers will
continue  to be active in the  market or that the Bank will be able to sell such
loans in the future.  During  1995,  the Bank  originated  two ARM loans of this
type, totaling $538,000 and three fixed-rate 15-year loans of this type totaling
$245,000.  During 1996,  the Bank  originated  loans of this type totaling $12.3
million in ARM loans and $6.7 million in 15-year fixed-rate loans.

         The  Bank's  fixed-rate   residential   mortgage  loans  typically  are
originated  for terms of 15 and 30 years and are  competitively  priced based on
market  conditions  and the Bank's cost of funds.  The Bank charges  origination
fees of up to 2%;  loans  with  fees of less  than 2%  generally  carry a higher
interest  rate. The Bank's current policy is to securitize or sell all its newly
originated  conforming  fixed-rate  30-year  residential  mortgage  loans in the
secondary market to FNMA and other secondary market purchasers,  and to hold its
fixed-rate 15-year  residential  mortgage loans in its portfolio.  The servicing
rights on loans sold ordinarily are retained by the Bank.  There were no 30-year
fixed-rate residential mortgage loans originated in 1996.

         The Bank offers ARM loans with adjustment  periods of one, three,  five
or ten years,  and the Bank's current  emphasis is on adjustment  periods of one
year.  Interest rates on ARM loans currently offered by the Bank are adjusted at
the  beginning  of each  adjustment  period  based upon a fixed spread above the
average  yield on United  States  treasury  securities,  adjusted  to a constant
maturity  which  corresponds  to the  adjustment  period of the loan (the  "U.S.
Treasury  constant  maturity  index") as published weekly by the Federal Reserve
Board.  From time to time,  the Bank may  originate ARM loans at an initial rate
lower than the U.S.  Treasury  constant maturity index as a result of a discount
on the spread for the initial adjustment period. ARM loans generally are subject
to limitations  on interest rate  increases of 2% per  adjustment  period and an
aggregate adjustment of 6% over the life of the loan.  Origination fees of up to
2% are charged for ARM loans;  loans with fees of less than 2% generally carry a
higher  interest rate.  The Bank  originated  and purchased  one-to-four  family
residential  ARM loans totaling  $11.2 million and $18.4 million,  respectively,
during 1995 and $34.0 million and $32.0 million,  respectively,  during 1996. At
December 31, 1996, $172.8 million, or 73.66%, of the Bank's residential mortgage
loans, consisted of ARM loans.

                                       9


<PAGE>

         The volume and adjustment  periods of ARM loans  originated by the Bank
have been affected by such market factors as the level of interest rates, demand
for loans,  competition,  consumer preferences and the availability of funds. In
general,  consumers  show a preference for ARM loans in periods of high interest
rates and for  fixed-rate  loans  when  interest  rates are low.  In  periods of
falling  interest  rates,  the Bank may experience  refinancing  activity in ARM
loans,  whose  interest  rates may be fully indexed,  to fixed-rate  loans.  The
Bank's policy regarding this type of refinancing is to allow a maximum reduction
of 200 basis points in the interest rate on a fixed-rate  basis and, if the loan
is a 30-year loan, to sell or securitize it in the secondary market.

         The retention of ARM loans, as opposed to fixed-rate  30-year loans, in
the Bank's  portfolio  helps reduce the Bank's  exposure to interest rate risks.
However,  in  an  environment  of  rapidly  increasing  interest  rates  as  was
experienced  in the 1970's,  it is possible  for the interest  rate  increase to
exceed the maximum  aggregate  adjustment on ARM loans and negatively affect the
spread between the Bank's interest income and its cost of funds.

         ARM loans generally  involve credit risks different from those inherent
in fixed-rate  loans,  primarily  because if interest rates rise, the underlying
payments of the borrower rise, thereby increasing the potential for default.  At
the same time, the value and marketability of the property  collateralizing  the
loan may be adversely  affected.  In order to minimize  risks,  the borrowers of
one-year ARM loans are  qualified at the higher of the maximum  adjusted rate at
the first  adjustment or the FNMA minimum  qualifying  rate. The Bank has not in
the past,  nor does it currently  originate ARM loans which provide for negative
amortization.

         Home  Equity  Loans.  Home  equity  loans are  included  in the  Bank's
portfolio of one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans.  These loans are
offered as  adjustable-rate  "home  equity  lines of credit"  for terms up to 20
years with  monthly  payments of  principal  and  interest due from the borrower
commencing when the line of credit is accessed.  These loans also may be offered
as fully  amortizing  closed-end  fixed-rate loans for terms up to 15 years. All
home equity loans are made on one-to-four  family  residential  and  condominium
units, which are  owner-occupied,  and are subject to a 75% loan-to-value  ratio
computed  on the  basis of the  aggregate  of the  first  mortgage  loan  amount
outstanding and the proposed home equity loan. They are granted in amounts up to
$100,000  for home equity  lines of credit and  $100,000  for  fixed-rate  fully
amortizing  loans.  The  underwriting   standards  for  home  equity  loans  are
substantially the same as those for residential  mortgage loans. At December 31,
1996, home equity loans totaled $6.3 million, or 1.62%, of gross loans.

         Commercial Real Estate Lending. Loans secured by commercial real estate
constituted approximately $46.7 million, or 11.98%, of the Bank's gross loans at
December  31,  1996.  The Bank's  commercial  real  estate  loans are secured by
improved properties such as offices,  small business facilities,  strip shopping
centers, warehouses,  religious facilities and mixed-use properties. At December
31,  1996,  substantially  all of the Bank's  commercial  real estate loans were
secured by properties  located  within the Bank's market area. At that date, the
Bank's  commercial  real  estate  loans  had an  average  principal  balance  of
$442,000,  and the  largest  of such  loans,  which  was  secured  by an  office
building,  had a principal balance of $1.9 million.  Typically,  commercial real
estate loans are  originated at a range of $100,000 to $3.0 million.  Commercial
real estate loans are  generally  offered at  adjustable  rates tied to a market
index for terms of five to 15 years,  with  adjustment  periods from one to five
years.  On a select and limited basis,  commercial real estate loans may be made
at fixed interest rates for terms of seven,  10 or 15 years.  An origination fee
of up to 2% is typically charged on all commercial real estate loans.

         In  underwriting  commercial  real estate  loans,  the Bank reviews the
expected net operating income generated by the real estate  collateral  securing
the loan, the age and condition of the collateral,  the financial  resources and
income level of the borrower and the borrower's experience in owning or managing
similar  properties.  The Bank typically  requires a debt service coverage of at
least 125% of the monthly loan payment.  Commercial  real estate loans generally
are made up to 70% of the appraised  value of the property  securing the loan or
the sales price of the property,  whichever is less. The Bank generally  obtains
personal  guarantees from commercial real estate  borrowers and typically orders
an environmental report on the property securing the loan.

         Loans secured by  commercial  real estate  generally  involve a greater
degree of risk than  residential  mortgage loans and carry larger loan balances.
The  increased  credit  risk is a  result  of  several  factors,  including  the
concentration  of  principal  in a smaller  number of loans and  borrowers,  the
effects of general economic  conditions on income  producing  properties and the
increased  difficulty  in  evaluating  and  monitoring  these  types  of  loans.

                                       10




<PAGE>

Furthermore,  the  repayment  of loans  secured  by  commercial  real  estate is
typically  dependent upon the successful  operation of the related property.  If
the cash flow from the property is reduced,  the borrower's ability to repay the
loan may be impaired. Loans secured by commercial real estate also may involve a
greater degree of  environmental  risk.  The Bank seeks to protect  against this
risk through obtaining an environmental report. See "--Asset Quality--REO."

         Multi-Family  Lending.  Loans secured by multi-family  income producing
properties  (including mixed-use  properties)  constituted  approximately $104.9
million,  or 26.91%,  of gross loans at  December  31,  1996,  all of which were
secured  by  properties  located  within  the  Bank's  market  area.  The Bank's
multi-family  loans had an average principal balance of $497,000 at December 31,
1996,  and the  largest  multi-family  loan held in the Bank's  portfolio  had a
principal balance of $2.6 million.  Multi-family  loans are generally offered at
adjustable  rates  tied to a market  index  for  terms of five to 10 years  with
adjustment  periods  from one to five  years.  On a select  and  limited  basis,
multi-family  loans may be made at fixed  rates  for  terms of  seven,  10 or 15
years.  An  origination  fee of up to 2% is  typically  charged on  multi-family
loans.

         In  underwriting   multi-family   loans,  the  Bank  employs  the  same
underwriting standards and procedures as are employed in underwriting commercial
real estate loans.

         Multi-family   loans   generally   carry  larger  loan   balances  than
one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage loans and involve a greater degree of
credit risk for the same reasons applicable to commercial real estate loans.

         Construction  Loans. The Bank's  construction loans primarily have been
made to finance the construction of one-to-four  family  residential  properties
and, to a lesser extent,  multi-family  residential real estate properties.  The
Bank's policies provide that construction loans may be made in amounts up to 70%
of the estimated value of the developed  property and only if the Bank obtains a
first lien  position  on the  underlying  real  estate.  In  addition,  the Bank
generally  requires firm  end-loan  commitments  and personal  guarantees on all
construction  loans.  Construction  loans are  generally  made with terms of two
years or less  and  with  adjustable  interest  rates  that are tied to a market
index.  Advances are made as  construction  progresses and inspection  warrants,
subject to  continued  title  searches to ensure that the Bank still has a first
lien  position.  At  December  31,  1996,  the  Bank had no  construction  loans
outstanding.

         Construction  loans  involve a greater  degree of risk than other loans
because,  among  other  things,  the  underwriting  of such loans is based on an
estimated value of the developed  property,  which can be difficult to ascertain
in  light  of  uncertainties   inherent  in  such   estimations.   In  addition,
construction  lending entails the risk that the project may not be completed due
to cost overruns or changes in market conditions.

         Consumer and Other Lending.  The Bank originates  other loans primarily
for personal,  family or household purposes, which generally consist of passbook
loans,  overdraft  lines of credit,  student loans,  automobile  loans and other
personal loans.  Total consumer and other loans outstanding at December 31, 1996
amounted to $1.7 million, or 0.43%, of gross loans.  Generally,  unsecured loans
in this  category  are  limited  to amounts of $5,000 or less for terms of up to
five  years.  Certain  student  loans may be made in amounts  up to the  maximum
amount  permitted by the New York State Higher Education  Services  Corporation,
currently  $138,500,  for terms of up to 10 years. Since 1992, the Bank has sold
all student loans to EXPORT,  a subsidiary of Sallie Mae (Student Loan Marketing
Association)  which administers all such loans sold by the Bank. The Bank offers
credit cards to its customers  through a third party  financial  institution and
receives an origination fee and transactional fees for processing such accounts,
but does not underwrite or finance any portion of the credit card receivables.

         The underwriting  standards employed by the Bank for consumer and other
loans include a determination of the applicant's  payment history on other debts
and assessment of the applicant's  ability to meet payments on all of his or her
obligations.   In  addition  to  the  creditworthiness  of  the  applicant,  the
underwriting process also includes a comparison of the value of the security, if
any, to the proposed loan amount.  Unsecured loans tend to have higher risk, and
therefore  command a higher  interest rate. With the exception of a portfolio of
consumer loans acquired by the Bank in 1991 at a discount in connection with the
acquisition of a failed savings and loan association, the level of delinquencies
in the  Bank's  consumer  and other loan  portfolio  generally  has been  within
industry standards;  however,  there can be no assurance that delinquencies will
not increase in the future.

                                       11



<PAGE>

         Loan  Approval  Procedures  and  Authority.  The Bank's  Board-approved
lending policies  establish loan approval  requirements for its various types of
loan products.  Pursuant to the Bank's Residential  Mortgage Lending Policy, all
residential  mortgage loans require three signatures for approval,  at least one
of which must be from the  President,  Executive Vice President or a Senior Vice
President  (collectively,  "Authorized  Officers") and the other two may be from
the  Bank's  Senior  Mortgage  Officer,  Loan  Underwriting  Manager  or  Senior
Underwriter.  Residential  mortgage  loans in  excess of  $500,000  also must be
approved by the Loan  Committee,  the  Executive  Committee or the full Board of
Directors.  Pursuant to the Bank's  Commercial Real Estate Lending  Policy,  all
loans secured by  commercial  real estate  properties  and  multi-family  income
producing  properties,  must be approved by the President or the Executive  Vice
President upon the  recommendation  of the Commercial Loan  Department  Manager.
Such loans in excess of $400,000  also require  Loan or  Executive  Committee or
Board approval. In accordance with the Bank's Consumer Loan Policy, all consumer
loans  require  two  signatures  for  approval,  one of  which  must  be from an
Authorized  Officer.  The Bank's  Construction  Loan  Policy  requires  that all
construction  loans must be approved by the Loan or  Executive  Committee or the
Board of Directors of the Bank. Any loan, regardless of type, that deviates from
the Bank's  written  loan  policies  must be approved  by the Loan or  Executive
Committee or the Bank's Board of Directors.

         For all loans  originated by the Bank, upon receipt of a completed loan
application,  a credit report is ordered and certain other financial information
is obtained.  An  appraisal  of the real estate  intended to secure the proposed
loan is required.  Such  appraisals  currently are performed by the Bank's staff
appraiser or an independent  appraiser  designated and approved by the Bank. The
Bank's Board of Directors  annually approves the independent  appraisers used by
the Bank and approves the Bank's  appraisal  policy.  It is the Bank's policy to
require  borrowers to obtain title  insurance  and hazard  insurance on all real
estate first mortgage loans prior to closing.  Borrowers  generally are required
to advance funds on a monthly basis  together with each payment of principal and
interest to a mortgage  escrow  account from which the Bank makes  disbursements
for items  such as real  estate  taxes  and,  in some  cases,  hazard  insurance
premiums.

         Loan  Concentrations.  The  maximum  amount of credit that the Bank can
extend to any single borrower or related group of borrowers generally is limited
to 15% of  the  Bank's  unimpaired  capital  and  surplus.  Applicable  law  and
regulations  permit an additional amount of credit to be extended,  equal to 10%
of unimpaired capital and surplus,  if the loan is secured by readily marketable
collateral,  which  generally  does not include real estate.  See  "Regulation."
However, it is currently the Bank's policy not to extend such additional credit.
At December  31,  1996,  the Bank had no loans in excess of the  maximum  dollar
amount of loans to one borrower  that the Bank was  authorized  to make. At that
date,  the three largest  concentrations  of loans to one borrower  consisted of
loans secured by apartment  buildings,  with an aggregate  principal  balance of
$3.3 million, $2.7 million and $2.4 million for each of the three borrowers.

         Loan Servicing.  At December 31, 1996, loans  aggregating $48.8 million
were being  serviced for others by the Bank.  The Bank's policy is to retain the
servicing rights to the mortgage loans that it sells in the secondary market. In
order to increase revenue, management intends to continue this policy.

Asset Quality

         Loan Collection.  When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a
loan,  the Bank  takes a number  of steps to  induce  the  borrower  to cure the
delinquency and restore the loan to current  status.  In the case of residential
mortgage  loans and  consumer  loans,  the Bank  generally  sends the borrower a
written  notice of  non-payment  when the loan is first  past due.  In the event
payment is not then received,  additional  letters and phone calls generally are
made in order to  encourage  the borrower to meet with a  representative  of the
Bank to discuss the delinquency. If the loan still is not brought current and it
becomes  necessary for the Bank to take legal  action,  which  typically  occurs
after a loan is  delinquent 45 days or more,  the Bank may commence  foreclosure
proceedings against real property that secures the loan and attempt to repossess
personal  property that secures a consumer loan or co-operative  apartment loan.
If a foreclosure action is instituted and the loan is not brought current,  paid
in full, or refinanced  before the foreclosure  sale, the real property securing
the loan generally is sold at  foreclosure or by the Bank as soon  thereafter as
practicable.   Decisions  as  to  when  to  commence   foreclosure  actions  for
multi-family,  commercial real estate and construction  loans are made on a case
by case basis. Since foreclosure  typically halts the sale of the collateral and
may be a lengthy  procedure in the State of New York, the 


                                       12

<PAGE>


Bank may  consider  loan  work-out  arrangements  to work with  multi-family  or
commercial  real estate  borrowers in an effort to  restructure  the loan rather
than  foreclose,  particularly if the borrower is, in the opinion of management,
able to manage the project. In certain circumstances,  on rental properties, the
Bank may institute proceedings to seize the rent.

         On mortgage  loans or loan  participations  purchased by the Bank,  the
Bank receives monthly reports from its loan servicers with which it monitors the
loan portfolio. Based upon servicing agreements with the servicers of the loans,
the Bank  relies  upon the  servicer to contact  delinquent  borrowers,  collect
delinquent amounts and initiate foreclosure proceedings,  when necessary, all in
accordance  with  applicable  laws,  regulations  and the terms of the servicing
agreements between the Bank and its servicing agents.


                                       13

<PAGE>


         Delinquent Loans and  Non-performing  Assets.  The following table sets
forth delinquencies in the Bank's loan portfolio at the dates indicated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                      At December 31,
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       1996                                1995                                1994
                        -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           60-89 Days      90 Days or More     60-89 Days      90 Days or More     60-89 Days     90 Days or More
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                           Number          Number            Number            Number            Number           Number    
                             of  Principal   of   Principal    of   Principal    of   Principal    of   Principal   of   Principal
                           Loans  Balance  Loans   Balance   Loans   Balance   Loans   Balance   Loans   Balance  Loans   Balance
                        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                         <C>   <C>       <C>     <C>       <C>     <C>         <C>   <C>        <C>   <C>       <C>     <C>   
One-to-four family ......     2   $  705     15     $1,835       1    $  149       25   $2,276       3   $  198      24    $2,389
Co-operative ............    --       --      2         32       1        53        2      109       4      245       3       153
Multi-family ............    --       --      3        505       1       441        4    2,119      --       --       3       890
Commercial ..............    --       --     --         --      --        --        3      427       1       88       5     1,452
Construction ............    --       --     --         --      --        --       --       --      --       --       1       364
                          -----   ------  -----     ------   -----    ------    -----   ------  ------   ------   -----    -------
  Total mortgage loans ..     2      705     20      2,372       3       643       34    4,931       8      531      36     5,248
Other loans .............     3        2      6         36       2         1        5       50       4        4       6        63
  Total loans             -----   ------- -----     ------   -----    ------    -----   ------   -----   -------  -----    -------
    delinquent ..........     5   $  707     26     $2,408       5    $  644       39   $4,981      12   $  535      42     $5,311
                          =====   ======= =====     =======  =====    =======   =====   ======   =====   =======  =====    =======
Delinquent loans to                             
  gross loans ...........           0.18%             0.62%             0.22%             1.74%            0.21%              2.05%

</TABLE>

                                       14


<PAGE>



         The Bank reviews the problem  loans in its portfolio on a monthly basis
to  determine  whether  any loans  require  classification  in  accordance  with
internal  policies  and  applicable  regulatory   guidelines.   Generally,   all
non-performing  loans  delinquent 90 days or more,  commercial real estate loans
pending  foreclosure and real estate owned ("REO") require  classification.  See
"--Classified and Special Mention Assets."

         The Bank generally  discontinues  accruing interest on delinquent loans
when a loan is 90 days past due or foreclosure  proceedings have been commenced,
whichever  first occurs.  Loans in default 90 days or more as to their  maturity
date but not their payments,  however, continue to accrue interest. With respect
to loans on  non-accrual  status,  previously  accrued  but unpaid  interest  is
deducted from interest income six months after the date it becomes past due.

         The following  table sets forth  information  regarding all non-accrual
loans,  loans  which  are 90  days  or more  delinquent,  and  REO at the  dates
indicated.  During the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the amounts
of  additional  interest  income that would have been  recorded  on  non-accrual
loans,  had  they  been  current,  totaled  $145,000,   $344,000  and  $371,000,
respectively.  These amounts were not included in the Bank's interest income for
the respective periods.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                                   At December 31,
                                             ----------------------------------------------------
                                                1996      1995      1994       1993       1992
                                             --------- --------- ---------   ---------  ---------
                                                              (Dollars in thousands)

<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>    
Non-accrual mortgage loans ...............   $ 2,372    $ 4,697    $ 5,234    $11,548    $21,615
Other non-accrual loans ..................        36         50         63        142         --
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
     Total non-accrual loans .............     2,408      4,747      5,297     11,690     21,615
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Mortgage loans 90 days or more delinquent         
   and still accruing.....................        --        234         14          4        195
Other loans 90 days or more delinquent           
   and still accruing ....................        --         --         --          1        415
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
     Total non-performing loans ..........     2,408      4,981      5,311     11,695     22,225
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
In-substance foreclosed real estate ......        --         --        372      4,772      5,123
Foreclosed real estate ...................     1,218      1,869      3,096      2,990      3,409
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
     Total REO ...........................     1,218      1,869      3,468      7,762      8,532
                                             --------- ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
     Total non-performing assets .........   $ 3,626    $ 6,850    $ 8,779    $19,457    $30,757
                                             ========= =========  =========  =========  =========
Troubled debt restructurings .............        --         --    $ 3,220    $ 6,029    $ 1,429
                                             ========= =========  =========  =========  =========
Non-performing loans to gross loans (1) ..      0.62%      1.74%      2.05%      4.47%      7.39%
Non-performing assets to total assets (1).      0.47%      0.97%      1.48%      3.16%      5.16%

</TABLE>
- ----------
(1)  Ratios do not  include  troubled  debt  restructurings  where the loans are
performing in accordance with the agreement.


         REO. The Bank has been aggressively marketing its REO properties. Total
REO, including  in-substance  foreclosed loans, had consistently  decreased from
$8.5  million at December  31, 1992 to $1.2  million at December  31,  1996.  To
facilitate the sale of REO, the Bank  originated  eight loans totaling  $492,000
during 1995, and nine loans totaling $307,000 during 1996.

         At December 31, 1996, the largest  single REO property  resulted from a
commercial  real estate loan secured by an office building with a net book value
of $729,000.  REO properties are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair
value less estimated costs to sell. This  determination is made on an individual
asset basis. "Carrying amount" represents the book value of the loan at the time
a property is foreclosed  (after any  charge-off  against the allowance for loan
losses to reflect any difference between the book value of the loan and the fair
market  value of the  collateral),  less any payments  subsequently  received in
respect of such loan such as payments from private  mortgage  insurance or court
appointed  receivers.  See "--Allowance for Loan Losses." If the subsequent fair
value is less than the carrying  amount,  the deficiency is recognized as an REO
valuation  allowance and,  accordingly,  is charged against  earnings  through a
provision for losses on REO.

  
                                       15

<PAGE>

                                    

         The following table sets forth the activity in the Bank's REO portfolio
for the three months ended on each of the indicated dates:

                                                For the Three Months Ended
                                     -------------------------------------------
                                       March      June    September   December
                                       1996       1996      1996        1996
                                     --------- --------- ----------- -----------
                                             (Dollars in thousands)

Balance, beginning of period........  $1,869     $1,667     $1,764      $1,929

Foreclosures and other acquisitions.     207        415        364        --

Less: Sales.........................     466        313        190         756

      Reductions(1).................     (57)       5          9           (45)
                                     --------- --------- ----------- -----------
Balance, end of period..............  $1,667     $1,764     $1,929      $1,218
                                     ========= ========= =========== ===========

(1)      Reductions  include  provisions for losses on REO and payments received
         subsequent  to  foreclosure  from private  mortgage  insurance and from
         court appointed receivers.

         The following table sets forth the approximate  change in the allowance
for losses on REO for the three years ended December 31, 1996:

                                            For the Years Ended December 31,
                                           ----------------------------------
                                               1996      1995      1994
                                           ----------  --------  -----------
                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
                                          ----------------------------------
        Balance, beginning of year .......   $  388    $  774     $1,028
        
        Provision ........................      219       311        575
        
        Less: Reduction due to sale of ORE     (326)      697        829
                                           ----------  --------   --------   
        Balance, end of year .............   $  281    $  388     $  774
                                           ==========  ========   ========

         Although the Bank currently obtains environmental reports in connection
with the underwriting of commercial real estate loans, it obtains  environmental
reports in connection with the underwriting of multi-family and other loans only
if the nature of the current or, to the extent  known to the Bank,  prior use of
the  property  securing  the loan  indicates  a  potential  environmental  risk.
However, the Bank may not be aware of such uses or risks in any particular case,
and, accordingly, there is no assurance that real estate acquired by the Bank in
foreclosure  is free  from  environmental  contamination  or  that,  if any such
contamination  or other violation  exists,  the Bank will not have any liability
therefor.

         Classified and Special  Mention  Assets.  Federal  regulations and Bank
policy require the  classification  of loans and other assets,  such as debt and
equity  securities  considered  to  be  of  lesser  quality,  as  "substandard,"
"doubtful"  or "loss"  assets.  An asset is  considered  "substandard"  if it is
inadequately  protected  by the  current  net worth and paying  capacity  of the
obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those
characterized  by the "distinct  possibility"  that the institution will sustain
"some  loss"  if the  deficiencies  are  not  corrected.  Assets  classified  as
"doubtful"   have  all  of  the   weaknesses   inherent   in  those   classified
"substandard,"  with the added  characteristic  that the weaknesses present make
"collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of currently  existing  facts,
conditions and values,  "highly  questionable and improbable." Assets classified
as "loss" are those  considered  "uncollectable"  and of such little  value that
their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve
is not  warranted.  Assets which do not currently  expose the Bank to sufficient
risk to  warrant  classification  in one of the  aforementioned  categories  but
possess weaknesses are designated "special mention."

         The  Bank  has a loan  secured  by a fully  occupied  one-story  retail
building with six stores,  located in Queens, that is listed as special mention.
The Bank has completed its foreclosure  action and has been granted  judgment on
foreclosure.  The  mortgagor  has  agreed to make  full  monthly  payments  plus
additional payments to be applied towards the arrears. At December 31, 1996, all
payments due under the borrower's  agreement were current and the net book value
of the loan was $1.5 million.  Since this loan is performing in accordance  with
the terms of the borrower's  agreement,  it is recorded on an accrual basis.  At
December 31, 1996, the Bank had no other  classified  asset (or group of assets)
listed as substandard  or special  mention with a net book value of


                                       16


<PAGE>

$1.0 million or more.  Net book value of REO is the lower of carrying  amount or
fair value less estimated selling costs.

Allowance for Loan Losses

         The Bank has  established  and  maintains on its books an allowance for
loan losses that is designed to provide  reserves for estimated  losses inherent
in the Bank's overall loan  portfolio.  The allowance is  established  through a
provision for loan losses based on management's  evaluation of the risk inherent
in the various  components of its loan  portfolio and other  factors,  including
historical  loan loss  experience,  changes in the composition and volume of the
portfolio,  collection  policies  and  experiences,  trends  in  the  volume  of
non-accrual   loans  and  regional  and  national   economic   conditions.   The
determination of the amount of the allowance for loan losses includes  estimates
that are susceptible to significant  changes due to changes in appraisal  values
of collateral,  national and regional economic  conditions and other factors. In
connection  with  the  determination  of the  allowance,  the  market  value  of
collateral  ordinarily is evaluated by the Bank's staff appraiser;  however, the
Bank  may  from  time to time  obtain  independent  appraisals  for  significant
properties. Current year charge-offs, charge-off trends, new loan production and
current  balance by particular  loan  categories  also are taken into account in
determining the appropriate amount of the allowance.

         In assessing  the  adequacy of the  allowance,  management  reviews the
Bank's  loan  portfolio  by  separate  categories  which have  similar  risk and
collateral  characteristics;  e.g.  commercial  real estate,  multi-family  real
estate,  one-to-four  family loans,  co-operative  apartment  loans and consumer
loans. General provisions are established against performing loans in the Bank's
portfolio  in  amounts  deemed  prudent  from time to time  based on the  Bank's
qualitative  analysis of the factors  described above. The  determination of the
amount of the allowance for loan losses also includes a review of loans on which
full  collectability  is  not  reasonably  assured.  The  primary  risk  element
considered by management  with respect to each consumer and  one-to-four  family
and  cooperative  apartment  loan is any current  delinquency  on the loan.  The
primary risk  elements  considered  with respect to  commercial  real estate and
multi-family loans are the financial condition of the borrower,  the sufficiency
of the collateral  (including  changes in the value of the  collateral)  and the
record of payment.  When a judgment is made that a specific loan involves a risk
of  default  and loss that is  greater  than the norm for loans in the  relevant
category,  that loan or a portion  thereof may be classified  loss,  doubtful or
substandard.  In  addition,  loans  that  are  judged  not to  require  specific
classification  at  a  particular  time,  but  require  close  monitoring,   are
categorized as "special mention" loans. See "--Classified Assets."

         The Bank  establishes  two types of  reserves:  specific  reserves  and
general  valuation  reserves.  Specific  reserves are  established to reflect an
actual loss or the best  estimate of the risk of loss on a specific loan as of a
certain date. All specific reserves are equivalent to direct charge-offs and are
reflected as direct  reductions to the allowance for loan losses and the related
loan  balances.  Specific  reserves are  established  for 100% of the portion of
loans that are classified as loss.

         General  valuation  reserves   represent   allowances  that  have  been
established to recognize the inherent risk associated  with lending  activities.
With respect to loans  classified by the Bank as substandard  and the portion of
loans classified doubtful or categorized as special mention,  the Bank will make
additional  provision to its general valuation  reserves in an amount equal to a
percentage of principal amount  outstanding at the time,  currently ranging from
1.5% to 15%, which is determined from time to time by the Bank according to loan
type  and  classification.  Additional  provisions  may be made  to the  general
valuation   allowance   to  cover   loans   which  are  deemed  not  to  require
classification or  categorization  as special mention,  but are performing loans
where the Bank has knowledge  that the  financial  condition of the borrower has
deteriorated.  Provisions to the Bank's general valuation  allowance are charged
against net income.

         In addition, when real estate loans are foreclosed, the loan balance is
compared to the fair value of the property.  The Bank  evaluates the fair market
value of properties on the basis of information readily available to the Bank at
the time the properties are classified as REO. If the carrying value of the loan
at the  time  of  foreclosure  exceeds  the  fair  value  of the  property,  the
difference is charged to the allowance for loan losses and the fair value of the
property  becomes the book value of the REO. The REO is subsequently  carried at
the lower of 


                                       17

<PAGE>

the carrying  value of the loan or the fair value of the property less estimated
costs  of sale  with  any  further  adjustment  reflected  as a  charge  against
earnings. See "--Asset Quality--REO."

         The Bank's determination as to the classification of its assets and the
amount  of its  valuation  allowances  is  subject  to review by the OTS and the
Federal  Deposit  Insurance   Corporation   ("FDIC"),   which  can  require  the
establishment  of additional  general  allowances or specific loss allowances or
require  charge-offs.  Such  authorities may require the Bank to make additional
provisions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available
to them at the time of  their  examination.  An OTS  policy  statement  provides
guidance  for OTS  examiners  in  determining  whether  the  levels  of  general
valuation allowances for savings institutions are adequate. The policy statement
requires that if a savings  institution's  general valuation  allowance policies
and  procedures  are deemed to be inadequate,  the general  valuation  allowance
would be  compared  to certain  ranges of general  valuation  allowances  deemed
acceptable  by the OTS depending in part on the savings  institution's  level of
classified assets.

         The  Bank's  provision  for loan  losses  was  $418,000,  $496,000  and
$246,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.  At
December  31,  1996,  the total  allowance  for loan  losses  was $5.4  million,
representing  225.79% of  non-performing  loans and  149.94%  of  non-performing
assets,  an  increase  from the  December  31, 1995 ratios of 106.61% and 77.52%
respectively.  The  Bank  continues  to  monitor  and  modify  the  level of its
allowance  for loan losses in order to maintain  the  allowance at a level which
management  considers  adequate to provide for  potential  loan losses  based on
available information.

         Management  of the Bank  believes  that the current  allowance for loan
losses is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions and the composition
of its loan portfolio and other available information and the Board of Directors
concurs in this  belief.  However,  many  factors may require  additions  to the
allowance for loan losses in future periods beyond those reasonably anticipated.
These factors include future adverse changes in economic conditions,  changes in
interest  rates and changes in the financial  capacity of  individual  borrowers
(any of which may affect the ability of borrowers to make  repayments on loans),
changes in the local real estate market and the value of collateral, or a review
and evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio in the future.  The determination of
the  amount  of the  allowance  for  loan  losses  includes  estimates  that are
susceptible  to  significant  changes  due to  changes  in  appraisal  values of
collateral,  national and regional economic conditions, interest rates and other
factors.  In addition,  the Bank's increased  emphasis on commercial real estate
and  multi-family  loans can be expected to increase the overall level of credit
risk inherent in the Bank's loan  portfolio.  The greater risk  associated  with
commercial real estate and  multi-family  loans may require the Bank to increase
its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan losses as a
percentage  of  total  loans  that  is in  excess  of  the  allowance  currently
maintained  by the Bank.  Provisions  for loan  losses are  charged  against net
income. See "--Lending Activities" and "--Asset Quality."

         The following table sets forth the Bank's  allowance for loan losses at
and for the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                   1996      1995      1994     1993       1992
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Balance at beginning of year ...............     $5,310    $5,370    $5,723    $4,555    $3,242
Provision for loan losses ..................        418       496       246     2,522     2,809
Loans charged-off:  
     One-to-four family ....................        220       312       341       287       494
     Co-operative ..........................        162       183        71        33       120
     Multi-family ..........................         41       251        14       344       389
     Commercial ............................         68       260       303       716       669
     Construction ..........................         --        --        --        --        --
     Other .................................         44        46        65       147        83
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
     Total loans charged-off ...............        535     1,052       794     1,527     1,755
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Recoveries:
     Mortgage loans ........................        244       496       195       173        --
     Other .................................         --        --        --        --       259
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
     Total recoveries ......................        244       496       195       173       259
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
Balance at end of year .....................     $5,437    $5,310    $5,370    $5,723    $4,555
                                                ========  ========  ========  ========  ========
Ratio of net charge-offs during the year to
   average loans outstanding during the year       0.09%     0.21%     0.24%     0.47%     0.47%
</TABLE>

                                       18
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                ------------------------------------------------
                                                   1996      1995      1994     1993       1992
                                                --------  --------  --------  --------  --------
                                                             (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                              <C>        <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>   
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   gross loans at end of year ................     1.39%     1.85%     2.07%     2.19%     1.51%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing loans at the end of year....   225.79%   106.61%   101.11%    48.94%    20.49%
Ratio of allowance for loan losses to
   non-performing assets at the end of year...   149.94%    77.52%    61.17%    29.41%    14.81%
</TABLE>



                                       19


<PAGE>


         The following  table sets forth the Bank's  allocation of its allowance
for loan losses to the total amount of loans in each of the categories listed at
the dates indicated.  The numbers  contained in the "Amount" column indicate the
allowance  for loan losses  allocated for each  particular  loan  category.  The
numbers  contained in the column  entitled  "Percentage  of Loans in Category to
Total Loans" indicate the total amount of loans in each particular category as a
percentage of the Bank's total loan portfolio.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      At December 31,
                              ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     1996                 1995                1994                1993                 1992
                              ------------------- -------------------- --------------------- ------------------ -------------------
                                        Percentage          Percentage           Percentage         Percentage           Percentage
                                           of                  of                   of                  of                   of  
                                        Loans in            Loans in             Loans in            Loans in             Loans in
                                        Category            Category             Category            Category             Category
                                        to Total            to Total             to Total            to Total             to Total
     Loan Category             Amount      Loans    Amount     Loans     Amount     Loans     Amount    Loans     Amount     Loans 
     -------------            -------   --------  --------   --------  --------   --------  --------   --------  --------   ------
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                           <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>           <C>    <C>        <C>   
Mortgage Loans:
   One-to-four family .....   $223,273    57.28%   $  1,126    54.20%   $  1,132    51.39%   $    957    51.61%   $    866   56.10%
   Co-operative ...........     13,245     3.40         407     5.11         125     6.24          38     6.54          68     6.48
   Multi-family ...........    104,870    26.91       1,625    24.11       1,024    21.85       1,171    18.91       1,207    18.11
   Commercial .............     46,698    11.98       2,139    15.77       3,070    19.13       3,507    20.77       2,164    17.97
   Construction ...........         --       --          --       --          --     0.14          --     0.72          --       --
                              -------- --------    -------- --------    -------- --------    -------- --------    --------  -------
     Total mortgage loans .    388,086    99.57       5,297    99.19       5,351    98.75       5,673    98.55       4,305    98.66
   Other loans ............      1,680     0.43          13     0.81          19     1.25          50     1.45         250     1.34
                              -------- --------    -------- --------    -------- --------    -------- --------    --------  -------
     Total ................   $389,766   100.00%   $  5,310   100.00%   $  5,370   100.00%   $  5,723   100.00%   $  4,555  100.00%
                              ======== ========    ======== ========    ======== ========    ======== ========    ========  -======
</TABLE>                                                                       


                                       20
<PAGE>

Investment Activities

         General. The investment policy of the Company, which is approved by the
Board  of  Directors,   is  designed  primarily  to  manage  the  interest  rate
sensitivity  of its  overall  assets and  liabilities,  to  generate a favorable
return without  incurring undue interest rate and credit risk, to complement the
Bank's lending activities and to provide and maintain liquidity. In establishing
its  investment  strategies,  the  Company  considers  its  business  and growth
strategies,  the economic  environment,  its  interest  rate  sensitivity  "gap"
position,   the  types  of  securities  to  be  held,  and  other  factors.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operation--Management  Strategy," included in the Annual Report and incorporated
herein by reference.

         Federally  chartered  savings  institutions have authority to invest in
various types of assets,  including U.S. government  obligations,  securities of
various  federal  agencies,  mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities,
certain  certificates  of  deposit of insured  banks and  savings  institutions,
certain bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements, loans of federal funds, and,
subject to certain limits,  corporate  securities,  commercial  paper and mutual
funds.  All  mortgage-backed  securities  held  by  the  Bank  are  directly  or
indirectly  insured or  guaranteed  by FNMA,  FHLMC or the  Government  National
Mortgage Association ("GNMA").

         The Investment Committee of the Bank and the Company meets quarterly to
monitor investment  transactions and to establish investment strategy. The Board
of Directors  reviews the  investment  policy on an annual basis and  investment
activity on a monthly basis.

         SFAS 115,  which was adopted by the  Company,  effective  December  31,
1993,   requires  that  investments  in  equity  securities  that  have  readily
determinable  fair  values  and all  investments  in debt  securities  are to be
classified  in  one  of  the  following  three   categories  and  accounted  for
accordingly:  (1) trading securities; (2) securities available for sale; and (3)
securities held to maturity.  Unrealized  gains or losses on trading  securities
would be included in the determination of net income;  however, the Company does
not   intend   to  trade   securities.   Unrealized   gains   and   losses   for
available-for-sale  securities  are excluded from earnings and reported as a net
amount in a separate  component of equity,  net of taxes.  At December 31, 1996,
the  Company  had  $331.9  million  in  securities   available  for  sale  which
represented  42.81% of total assets.  These  securities had an aggregate  market
value at that date that was  approximately 2.5 times the amount of the Company's
equity at that date.  The  cumulative  balance of unrealized  loss on securities
available  for sale was $1.2 million,  net of taxes,  at December 31, 1996. As a
result of SFAS 115 and the  magnitude of the  Company's  holdings of  securities
available for sale, changes in interest rates could produce  significant changes
in the value of such  securities and could produce  significant  fluctuations in
the  equity  of the  Company.  See Note 7 of "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements," included in the Annual Report and incorporated herein by reference.
The  Company  may from time to time sell  securities  and  realize a loss if the
proceeds of such sale may be reinvested  in loans or other assets  offering more
attractive yields.

         In November 1995,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board ("FASB")
issued a special report entitled "A Guide to Implementation of Statement #115 on
Accounting for Certain  Investments in Debt and Equity  Securities",  which gave
the Company a one-time  opportunity to reconsider its ability and intent to hold
securities  to  maturity,  and allowed the Company to transfer  securities  from
held-to-maturity   to  other   categories   without   tainting   its   remaining
held-to-maturity  securities.  Accordingly,  on December 29,  1995,  the Company
moved all  securities  classified  as  held-to-maturity  to  available-for-sale,
totaling $94.7 million, net of a $1.4 million unrealized gain.

         At December 31,  1996,  the Company had no  investment  in a particular
issuer's  securities  that either alone, or together with any investments in the
securities  of any  affiliate(s)  of such issuer,  exceeded 10% of the Company's
equity.


                                       21
<PAGE>


         The table below sets forth certain information  regarding the amortized
cost and  market  values  of the  Company's  securities  portfolio  at the dates
indicated.  Securities held for investment/to maturity are recorded at amortized
cost.  Securities available for sale are recorded at market value. See Note 7 of
Notes to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements,  included  in the Annual  Report,
incorporated herein by reference.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       At December 31,
                                                          -------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 1996                        1995                       1994
                                                          ---------------------     ---------------------    ----------------------
                                                          Amortized    Market       Amortized     Market     Amortized      Market
                                                            Cost        Value         Cost         Value        Cost         Value
                                                          --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
                                                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                                        <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>     
 Securities held for investment/to
  maturity:
Bond and other debt securities: ......................         --           --           --           --           --           --
  U.S. government and agencies .......................         --           --           --           --           --           --
  Obligations of states &
     political subdivisions ..........................         --           --           --           --       $  1,241     $  1,243
  Corporate debt .....................................         --           --           --           --            876          876
  Public utility .....................................         --           --           --           --           --           --
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total bonds and other debt securities ..............        --           --           --           --           2,117        2,119
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  
Equity securities:
  Redeemable preferred stock(1) ......................         --           --           --           --          5,736        5,641
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total equity securities: ...........................         --           --           --           --          5,736        5,641
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Mortgage-backed securities:
  FHLMC ..............................................         --           --           --           --         37,076       35,537
  FNMA ...............................................         --           --           --           --         40,453       36,210
  GNMA ...............................................         --           --           --           --          5,563        5,119
  Collateralized mortgage ............................         --           --           --           --           --           --
     obligations
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total mortgage-backed securities ...................         --           --           --           --         83,092       76,866
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total debt and equity
     securities held
     for investment/to maturity ......................         --           --           --           --         90,945       84,626
                                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
Securities available for sale:
Bonds and other debt securities:
  U.S. government and agencies .......................     $150,045     $148,141     $116,296     $116,728       50,776       46,949
  Corporate debentures ...............................       37,656       38,171       77,227       78,662       54,620       52,995
  Public utility .....................................        4,305        4,294        6,389        6,501        3,979        3,975
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total bonds and other debt
  securities .........................................      192,006      190,606      199,912      201,891      109,375      103,919
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Equity securities:
  Perpetual preferred stock(1) .......................          250          251          250          256          250          211
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total equity securities ............................          250          251          250          256          250          211
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Mortgage-backed securities:
  FHLMC ..............................................       47,217       46,406       61,529       61,845       24,760       22,709
  FNMA ...............................................       83,727       83,756      105,374      106,265       67,936       62,205
  GNMA ...............................................       10,973       10,876       11,354       11,190        7,537        6,933
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total mortgage-backed securities....................      141,917      141,038      178,257      179,300      100,233       91,847
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
Total debt and equity securities
  available for sale: ................................      334,173      331,895      378,419      381,447      209,858      195,977
                                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
Interest-bearing deposits and
  federal funds sold .................................       27,465       27,465        7,438        7,438        9,000        9,000
FHLB - New York stock ................................        4,158        4,158        3,787        3,787        1,881        1,881
                                                           --------     --------     --------     --------     --------     --------
  Total debt and equity securities ...................     $365,796     $363,518     $389,644     $392,672     $311,684     $291,484
                                                           ========     ========     ========     ========     ========     ========
</TABLE>

- ----------------
(1)  Acquired  prior  to  the  Bank's  Conversion  to  federal  mutual  charter.
     Generally,  federal  savings  banks are not  permitted  to invest in equity
     securities.  In connection with the Bank's conversion to a federal charter,
     the OTS has  permitted  the Bank to retain  such  securities  up to May 10,
     1997.

         Mortgage-backed  securities.  All  of  the  mortgage-backed  securities
currently  held by the Company are issued or guaranteed by FNMA,  FHLMC or GNMA.
At December 31, 1996, the Company had $141 million  invested in  mortgage-backed
securities,   of  which   $50.2   million  was   invested   in   adjustable-rate
mortgage-backed   securities.   The  Company  anticipates  that  investments  in
mortgage-backed  securities  may continue to be used in the future to offset any
significant decrease in demand for mortgage loans.

                                       22
<PAGE>


         The following table sets forth the Company's mortgage-backed securities
purchases,  securitizations,  sales  and  principal  repayments  for  the  years
indicated:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           For the
                                                                    Years Ended December 31,
                                                             -----------------------------------
                                                                1996         1995         1994
                                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
                                                                         (In thousands)
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>          <C>      
At beginning of year .....................................   $ 179,300    $ 174,939    $ 167,338
     Purchases of mortgage-backed securities .............       8,415       21,444       72,180
     Loans securitized ...................................        --           --         15,792
     Amortization of unearned premium, net of
        accretion of unearned discount ...................        (908)        (849)      (1,525)
     Net change in unrealized gains (losses) on
mortgage-backed ..........................................      (2,249)       9,427       (9,373)
        securities available for sale
Less:
     Sales of mortgage-backed securities .................       4,742         --         28,378
     Principal repayments received on mortgage-backed
        securities .......................................      38,778       25,661       41,095
                                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
     Net (decrease) increase in mortgage-backed securities     (38,262)       4,361        7,601
                                                             ---------    ---------    ---------
At end of year ...........................................   $ 141,038    $ 179,300    $ 174,939
                                                             =========    =========    =========
</TABLE>

         Mortgage-backed  securities  are more liquid than  individual  mortgage
loans and may be used more easily to  collateralize  obligations of the Bank. In
general, mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC and GNMA
are weighted at no more than 20% for risk-based  capital  purposes,  compared to
the risk weighting assigned to non-securitized whole loans of 50%.


         While  mortgage-backed  securities  carry  a  reduced  credit  risk  as
compared  to whole  loans,  such  securities  remain  subject to the risk that a
fluctuating  interest  rate  environment,  along with other  factors such as the
geographic  distribution  of  the  underlying  mortgage  loans,  may  alter  the
prepayment  rate of such mortgage loans and so affect both the prepayment  speed
and  value  of such  securities.  At  December  31,  1996,  the  Bank  held  one
collateralized  mortgage obligation ("CMO") with a market value of $4.5 million.
The Bank does not have any derivative instruments,  including CMO's, with market
values that are extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates.



                                       23
<PAGE>



         The table below sets forth certain  information  regarding the carrying
value,  annualized weighted average yields, and maturities of the Company's debt
and equity  securities at December 31, 1996. The  stratification  of balances is
based on stated  maturities.  Assumptions for repayments and prepayments are not
reflected for mortgage-backed securities.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       At December 31, 1996
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------
                                      One Year or Less   One to Five Years   Five to Ten Years  
                                     ------------------ ------------------- -------------------
                                               Weighted            Weighted            Weighted 
                                    Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average  Amortized  Average  
                                       Cost     Yield      Cost     Yield      Cost     Yield   
                                     --------   -----    --------   -----    --------   -----
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>  
Securities available for
sale:
  Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government agencies .....   $    500    7.50%   $ 21,018    6.30%   $121,527    6.91%
    Corporate debt ...............      5,677    8.87      26,151    7.72       1,666    7.80
    Public Utility ...............       --      --         4,305    7.06        --      --   
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 
    Total bonds and other      
      securities .................      6,177    8.76      51,474    7.08     123,193    6.92
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 
  Equity securities:
    Perpetual preferred stock ....       --      --          --      --          --      --   
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 
    Total equity securities ......       --      --          --      --          --      --   
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 

  Mortgage-backed securities:
    FHLMC ........................       --      --         1,310    7.11         892    6.44
    FNMA .........................       --      --         3,462    6.13         730    7.50
    GNMA .........................       --      --          --      --           874    7.44
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 
    Total mortgage-backed
      securities .................       --      --         4,772    6.40       2,496    7.10
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 

  Federal funds sold .............     27,465    6.26        --      --          --      --   
  FHLB - New York stock ..........       --      --          --      --          --      --   
                                     --------    ----    --------    ----    --------    ---- 
  Total securities ...............   $ 33,642    6.72%   $ 56,246    7.03%   $125,689    6.93%
                                     ========    ====    ========    ====    ========    ==== 
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       At December 31, 1996
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                                    More than Ten Years              Total Securities     
                                    -------------------  --------------------------------------
                                                          Average
                                               Weighted  Remaining          Estimated   Weighted 
                                    Amortized  Average   Years to Amortized   Market     Average  
                                       Cost     Yield    Maturity    Cost     Value       Yield   
                                     --------   -----    --------   -----    --------     -----   
                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>  
Securities available for
sale:
  Bonds and other debt securities:
    U.S. government agencies .....   $  7,000    7.06%    8.09    $150,045   $148,141      6.83%
    Corporate debt ...............      4,162    5.93     4.10      37,656     38,171      7.70
    Public Utility ...............       --      --       3.69       4,305      4,294      7.06
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
    Total bonds and other ........
      securities .................     11,162    6.64     7.21     192,006    190,606      7.01
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
  Equity securities:                                            
    Perpetual preferred stock ....        250    6.72     --           250        251      6.72
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
    Total equity securities ......        250    6.72     --           250        251      6.72
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
  Mortgage-backed securities:                                   
    FHLMC ........................     45,015    7.14    19.25      47,217     46,406      7.13
    FNMA .........................     79,535    6.99    19.90      83,727     83,756      6.96
    GNMA .........................     10,099    7.10    21.80      10,973     10,876      7.13
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
    Total mortgage-backed ........
      securities .................    134,649    7.05    19.83     141,917    141,038      7.03
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
                                                                
  Federal funds sold .............       --      --       --        27,465     27,465      6.26
  FHLB - New York stock ..........      4,158    6.61     --         4,158      4,158      6.61
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
  Total securities ...............   $150,219    7.01%   11.48    $365,796   $363,518      6.95%
                                       ------    ----     ----     -------    -------      ----
</TABLE>





                                       24
<PAGE>



Sources of Funds

         General.   Deposits,   principal   and  interest   payments  on  loans,
mortgage-backed  and  other  securities,   proceeds  from  sales  of  loans  and
securities  and,  to a  lesser  extent,  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  of New  York
("FHLB-NY") borrowings,  are the Company's primary sources of funds for lending,
investing and other general purposes.

         Deposits.  The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts having a range
of interest rates and terms. The Bank's deposits principally consist of passbook
accounts, money market accounts,  demand accounts, NOW accounts and certificates
of deposit.  The Company has a relatively  stable retail deposit base drawn from
its market area through its seven full  service  offices.  The Company  seeks to
retain  existing  depositor   relationships  by  offering  quality  service  and
competitive  interest  rates,  while keeping  deposit  growth within  reasonable
limits. It is management's  intention to balance its goal to remain  competitive
in interest  rates on deposits while seeking to manage its cost of funds to fund
its strategies

         The  Company's  core  deposits,  consisting of passbook  accounts,  NOW
accounts,  money market, and non-interest bearing demand accounts, are typically
more stable and lower cost than other sources of funding.  However,  the flow of
deposits  into a  particular  type of account  is  influenced  significantly  by
general  economic  conditions,  changes in money market and prevailing  interest
rates and  competition.  During the low interest  rate  environment  in 1995 and
1996, the Company  experienced a shift by depositors  from passbook  accounts to
higher costing certificate of deposit accounts. Although the Company has not had
to raise interest rates on its passbook accounts to remain  competitive,  it has
had to increase the rates offered on its  certificates of deposit.  These trends
contributed  to the increase in the Company's  higher average cost of funds from
3.37% for 1994, to 4.15% for 1995 and to 4.39% for 1996. A continuation of these
trends could result in a further  increase in the Company's  cost of funds and a
narrowing of the Company's net interest margin.

         At December  31,  1996,  $22.0  million,  or 3.77% of the Bank's  total
deposits  consisted  of  certificates  of  deposit  accounts  with a balance  of
$100,000 or greater.




                                       25
<PAGE>



         The following  table sets forth the  distribution of the Bank's deposit
accounts at the dates indicated and the weighted  average nominal interest rates
on each category of deposits presented.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               At December 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1996                        1995                         1994
                                             --------------------------- ---------------------------- ----------------------------
                                                                Weighted                     Weighted                     Weighted
                                                       Percent  Average            Percent   Average            Percent   Average
                                                       of Total Nominal            of Total  Nominal            of Total  Nominal
                                             Amount    Deposits   Rate   Amount    Deposits    Rate   Amount    Deposits    Rate
                                             ------    --------   ----   ------    --------    ----   ------    --------    ----
                                                                         (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>  
Passbook accounts(1) ...................   $209,690    35.88%     2.86% $215,578    38.52%     2.86% $255,037    47.93%     2.86%
NOW accounts(1) ........................     21,408     3.66      1.90    19,565     3.49      1.90    18,773     3.53      1.90
Demand accounts(1) .....................     10,293     1.76      --      10,372     1.85      --      10,003     1.88      --
Mortgagors' escrow deposits(1) .........      3,425     0.59      2.00     2,457     0.44      2.00     2,701     0.51      2.00
                                           --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
     Total .............................    244,816    41.89      2.64   247,972    44.30      2.66   286,514    53.85      2.69
                                           --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
Money market accounts(1) ...............     25,180     4.31      2.81    27,590     4.93      2.81    36,293     6.82      2.81
                                           --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
Certificate of deposit accounts:
  $100,000 or more .....................     22,047     3.77      5.86    16,819     3.00      5.93    10,345     1.94      5.00
  CD's original maturity of:
     6 months and less .................     50,228     8.59      5.04    46,617     8.33      5.05    39,795     7.48      4.04
     6 to 12 months ....................     74,063    12.67      5.15    71,235    12.72      5.70    45,075     8.47      4.19
     12 to 30 months ...................     86,853    14.87      6.20    71,297    12.73      6.06    39,235     7.37      4.54
     30 to 48 months ...................     15,307     2.62      6.10    10,340     1.85      5.86     7,348     1.38      5.21
     48 to 72 months ...................     47,079     8.05      6.10    47,445     8.47      6.25    43,821     8.23      6.14
     72 months or more .................        901     0.15      5.90       929     0.17      5.90     1,940     0.37      5.99
IRA and Keogh accounts .................     18,005     3.08      5.54    19,620     3.50      5.89    21,775     4.09      4.87
                                           --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
     Total .............................    314,483    53.80      5.69   284,302    50.77      5.81   209,334    39.33      4.80
                                           --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
Total deposits .........................   $584,479   100.00%     4.29% $559,864   100.00%     4.27% $532,141   100.00%     3.53%
                                           ========   ======      ====  ========   ======      ====  ========   ======      ==== 
</TABLE>


(1)      Weighted average nominal rate as of the year end date equals the stated
         rate offered.



                                       26
<PAGE>



         The following table presents by various rate categories,  the amount of
certificate of deposit accounts outstanding at the dates indicated and the years
to maturity of the certificate accounts outstanding at December 31, 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  At December 31, 1996
                                                                         --------------------------------------
                                                 At December 31,          Within     One to
                                          ----------------------------     One       Three     There-
                                            1996      1995       1994      Year      Years      after     Total
                                            ----      ----       ----      ----      -----      -----     -----
                                                                      (In thousands)
         <S>                              <C>        <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>         <C>      <C>     
         Certificate of deposit
         accounts:
            2.99 or less...............   $     37   $     47 $    125    $     37       --         --  $     37
            3.00 to 3.99...............         --          2   57,886          --       --         --        --
            4.00 to 4.99...............     28,283     21,338   64,476      27,647 $    636         --    28,283
            5.00 to 5.99...............    192,557    150,410   53,040     133,944   50,321    $ 8,292   192,557
            6.00 to 6.99...............     59,822     75,448   22,990      23,783   25,147     10,892    59,822
            7.00 to 7.99...............     33,784     37,057    8,976         534   31,423      1,827    33,784
            8.00 to 8.99...............                          1,841                                        --
                                          --------   -------- --------    -------- --------    -------  --------
              Total....................   $314,483   $284,302 $209,334    $185,945 $107,527    $21,011  $314,483
                                          ========   ======== ========    ======== ========    =======  ========
</TABLE>

         The following table presents by various maturity  categories the amount
of certificate of deposit accounts with balances of $100,000 or more at December
31, 1996 and their annualized weighted average interest rates.

                                                                      Weighted
                                                                       Average
                                                      Amount            Rate
                                                     -------            ---- 
                                                           (In thousands)
Maturity Period
     Three months or less ..................         $ 6,693            5.73%
     Over three through six months .........           3,286            5.39
     Over six through 12 months ............           3,818            5.57
     Over 12 months ........................           8,250            6.29
                                                     -------            ---- 
       Total ...............................         $22,047            5.86%
                                                     =======            ==== 


         The following  table presents the deposit  activity of the Bank for the
periods indicated.

                                               For the Years Ended December 31,
                                          -------------------------------------
                                             1996          1995          1994
                                          ---------     ---------     ---------
                                                     (In thousands)
Deposits(1)(2) ......................     $ 626,121     $ 793,356     $ 773,835
Withdrawals(2) ......................       625,668       787,980       822,453
                                          ---------     ---------     --------- 
   Net deposits\(withdrawals) .......           453         5,376       (48,618)
Interest credited on deposits .......        24,162        22,347        19,303
                                          ---------     ---------     --------- 
     Total increase in deposits .....     $  24,615     $  27,723     $ (29,315)
                                          =========     =========     ========= 

- ------------
(1)      Includes mortgagors' escrow deposits.

(2)      Reflects  deposits  attributable  to  subscription  orders in the first
         proposed  stock  conversion  discontinued  in 1994,  in the  amounts of
         $162.9  million  deposited  and $163.8  million  withdrawn,  and in the
         Conversion  in 1995,  in the amounts of $146.0  million  deposited  and
         $162.4 million withdrawn.



                                       27
<PAGE>



         The following  table sets forth the  distribution of the Bank's average
deposit  accounts  for the years  indicated,  the  percentage  of total  deposit
portfolio,  and the average  interest cost of each deposit  category  presented.
Average balances for all years shown are derived from daily balances.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        For The Years Ended December 31,
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1996                         1995                         1994
                                             ---------------------------  ---------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                       Percent                      Percent                      Percent
                                             Average   of Total  Average  Average   of Total  Average  Average   of Total  Average
                                             Balance   Deposits    Cost   Balance   Deposits    Cost   Balance   Deposits    Cost
                                             -------   --------    ----   -------  --------     ----   -------  --------     ----
                                                                            (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>   <C>         <C>        <C>  
Passbook accounts .......................   $214,843    37.55%     2.86% $227,740    40.73%     2.84% $277,249    47.41%     2.85%
NOW accounts ............................     19,483     3.41      1.90    18,520     3.31      1.88    19,163     3.28      1.89
Demand accounts .........................     10,230     1.79      --      12,865     2.30      --       9,602     1.64      --
Mortgagors' escrow deposits .............      4,292     0.75      1.47     4,136     0.74      1.38     4,008     0.69      1.25
                                            --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
   Total ................................    248,848    43.50      2.64   263,261    47.08      2.61   310,022    53.02      2.68
Money market accounts ...................     26,470     4.63      2.80    31,145     5.57      2.79    42,026     7.19      2.75
Subscription deposits ...................       --       --        --       4,261     0.76      2.77    28,265     4.83      3.05
Certificate of deposit
accounts ................................    296,867    51.87      5.68   260,462    46.59      5.60   204,399    34.96      4.39
                                            --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ----  --------   ------      ---- 
   Total deposits .......................   $572,185   100.00%     4.22% $559,129   100.00%     4.01% $584,712   100.00%     3.30%
                                            ========   ======      ====  ========   ======      ====  ========   ======      ==== 
</TABLE>



                                       28
<PAGE>




         Borrowings.  Although  deposits are the Bank's primary source of funds,
the  Bank has from  time to time  used  borrowings  as an  alternative  and cost
effective  source of funds for the Bank's  lending  activities.  Upon the Bank's
conversion  from a New York State  chartered  mutual savings bank to a federally
chartered  mutual savings bank on May 10, 1994, the Bank became a member of, and
became  eligible to obtain advances from, the FHLB-NY.  Such advances  generally
are secured by a blanket  lien  against the Bank's  mortgage  portfolio  and the
Bank's investment in the stock of the FHLB-NY.  See "Regulations -- Federal Home
Loan Bank System". The maximum amount that the FHLB-NY will advance for purposes
other than for meeting  withdrawals  fluctuates  from time to time in accordance
with the policies of the FHLB-NY.

         The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Bank's
borrowed funds at or for the periods ended on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 At or For the Years Ended December 31,
                                                 -------------------------------------
                                                      1996       1995        1994
                                                    -------    -------     -------
                                                         (Dollars in Thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>    
Securities sold with the agreement to repurchase:
     Average balance outstanding ................      --      $   395    $   260
     Maximum amount outstanding at any month
       end during the period ....................      --        5,000      5,000

     Balance outstanding at the end of period ...      --         --        5,000
     Weighted average interest rate during
       the period ...............................      --         6.11%      6.10%
     Weighted average interest rate at end
       of period ................................      --         --         5.99%


FHLB-NY advances:
     Average balance outstanding ................   $36,396    $ 4,767    $   247
     Maximum amount outstanding at any month
       end during the period ....................    51,000     10,000     10,000
     Balance outstanding at the end of period ...    51,000       --       10,000
     Weighted average interest rate during
       the period ...............................      5.77%      7.00%      7.00%
     Weighted average interest rate at end
       of period ................................      5.85%      --         7.00%


Total borrowings:
     Average balance outstanding ................   $36,396    $ 5,162    $   507
     Maximum amount outstanding at any month
       end during the period ....................    51,000     15,000     15,000
     Balance outstanding at the end of period ...    51,000       --       15,000
     Weighted average interest rate during
       the period ...............................      5.77%      6.93%      6.54%
     Weighted average interest rate at end
       of period ................................      5.85%      --         6.66%
</TABLE>



Subsidiary Activities

         The Bank has one wholly-owned subsidiary,  which currently is inactive.
FSB Properties Inc.  ("Properties") was formed by the Bank in 1976 under its New
York State leeway investment  authority.  The original purpose of Properties was
to engage in joint venture real estate equity investments. These activities were
discontinued by Properties and the Bank in 1986. The last joint venture in which
Properties was a partner was dissolved in 1989.



                                       29
<PAGE>



Personnel

         At December  31,  1996,  the Bank had 172  full-time  employees  and 64
part-time  employees.  None  of  the  Bank's  employees  are  represented  by  a
collective  bargaining  unit, and the Bank considers its  relationship  with its
employees to be good.

                                  RISK FACTORS

         In addition to the other information contained in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, the following factors and other  considerations  should be considered
carefully in evaluating the Company, the Bank and their business.

Effect of Interest Rates

         Like most financial  institutions,  the Company's results of operations
depends to a large  degree on its net  interest  income.  When  interest-bearing
liabilities  mature or reprice  more  quickly than  interest-earning  assets,  a
significant  increase  in market  interest  rates  could  adversely  affect  net
interest income. Conversely, under such circumstances, a significant decrease in
market  interest  rates could result in  increased  net  interest  income.  As a
general  matter,  the Company  seeks to manage its business to limit its overall
exposure to interest rate fluctuations. However, fluctuations in market interest
rates are neither  predictable nor  controllable and may have a material adverse
impact on the operations and financial condition of the Company.

         Prevailing  interest  rates also  affect the extent to which  borrowers
prepay  and  refinance  loans.  Declining  interest  rates  tend to result in an
increased  number  of loan  prepayments  and loan  refinancings  to  lower  than
original interest rates, as well as prepayments of  mortgage-backed  securities.
Such  prepayments  adversely  affect the average yield on the Company's loan and
mortgage-backed   securities   portfolio,   the  value  of  mortgage  loans  and
mortgage-backed securities in the Company's portfolio, the levels of such assets
that are retained by the Company, net interest income and loan servicing income.
However,  the Bank may  receive  additional  loan fees when  existing  loans are
refinanced,  which  may  partially  offset  reduced  yield  on the  Bank's  loan
portfolio  resulting from  prepayments.  In periods of low interest  rates,  the
Bank's  level of core  deposits  also may  decline  if  depositors  seek  higher
yielding instruments or other investments not offered by the Bank, which in turn
may increase  the Bank's cost of funds and  decrease its net interest  margin to
the extent alternative funding sources are utilized.

Lending Activities

         Multi-family   and   commercial   real  estate  loans,   the  increased
origination of which is part of management's  strategy,  are generally viewed as
exposing  the  lender  to  a  greater  risk  of  loss  than  fully  underwritten
one-to-four  family  residential  loans and typically  involve higher  principal
amounts per loan.  Repayment of  multi-family  and commercial  real estate loans
generally is dependent,  in large part, upon sufficient income from the property
to cover  operating  expenses and debt service.  Economic  events and government
regulations, which are outside the control of the borrower or lender, also could
affect the value of the  security  for the loan or the  future  cash flow of the
affected properties.

         As a result of  management's  strategy to increase its  originations of
one-to-four  family  mortgage loans through more aggressive  marketing,  and the
Bank's  commitment  to  be  a   community-oriented   bank,  the  Bank  increased
substantially  in  1996  the  origination  of  residential   mortgage  loans  to
self-employed individuals within the Bank's local community without verification
of the borrower's  level of income.  These loans involve a higher degree of risk
as compared to the Bank's other fully underwritten residential mortgage loans as
there is a greater opportunity for borrowers to falsify or overstate their level
of income and ability to service  indebtedness.  To mitigate this risk, the Bank
typically limits the amount of these loans to 70% of the appraised value or sale
price,  whichever  is  less.  These  loans  are not as  readily  salable  in the
secondary market as the Bank's other fully underwritten  loans,  either as whole
loans or when pooled or securitized.

         The  future  earnings  prospects  of the Bank will be  affected  by the
Bank's ability to compete  effectively with other financial  institutions and to
implement its business strategies.  There can be no assurance that the Bank will
be able to  successfully  implement  its business  strategies.  In assessing the
future earnings  prospects of the



                                       30
<PAGE>



Bank,  investors  should  consider,  among  other  things,  the Bank's  level of
origination of one-to-four  family loans, the Bank's proposed increased emphasis
on  commercial  real  estate  and  multi-family  loans  and  the  greater  risks
associated with such loans. See "Business -- Lending Activities".

Local Economic Conditions

         Although general economic  conditions in the New York City metropolitan
area have improved  since the early 1990's,  there can be no assurance  that the
local economy will continue to improve or remain at current conditions.

         A decline in the local economy,  national economy or metropolitan  area
real estate market could adversely affect the financial condition and results of
operations  of the  Company,  including  through  decreased  demand for loans or
increased  competition for good loans,  increased  non-performing loans and loan
losses and  resulting  additional  provisions  for loan losses and for losses on
real estate  owned.  Although  management  of the Bank believes that the current
allowance for loan losses is adequate in light of current  economic  conditions,
many factors may require  additions to the  allowance  for loan losses in future
periods above those reasonably  anticipated.  These factors include: (i) adverse
changes in economic conditions and changes in interest rates that may affect the
ability of borrowers to make  payments on loans,  (ii) changes in the  financial
capacity of individual borrowers,  (iii) changes in the local real estate market
and the  value of the  Bank's  loan  collateral,  and  (iv)  future  review  and
evaluation of the Bank's loan portfolio, internally or by regulators. The amount
of the allowance  for loan losses at any time  represents  good faith  estimates
that are susceptible to significant  changes due to changes in appraisal  values
of collateral,  national and regional economic  conditions,  prevailing interest
rates and other factors. See "Business Allowance for Loan Losses."

Pending Legislation

         Legislation  has been  enacted  that  provides  for a merger of the two
deposit insurance funds  administered by the FDIC on January 1, 1999 if, by such
date, the charters of federal savings associations,  such as the Bank, have been
unified  with the  charters  of  national  banks.  Many  proposals  for  charter
unification  have  been  advanced  and the  United  States  Treasury  Department
currently is required to render a report as to its  recommendations by March 31,
1997.  Most  proposals  would abolish the OTS, but would permit  former  savings
associations to continue to engage in any activity that was permissible for such
institutions  prior to their  converting to a national bank or state charter for
some period of time.  Such a required  change in the Bank's charter would not be
expected  to  affect   materially  the  Bank's  principal  lending  and  deposit
activities.   However,   charter  unification  legislation  could  substantially
restrict  the  ability of the  Company  in the  future to expand  and  diversify
business  activities.  Efforts to unify the commercial  bank and thrift charters
present many complex issues. As a result of these  developments,  it is possible
that the Bank,  on or before  January 1, 1999,  will be required to convert to a
bank  charter  and the  Holding  Company  would be required to convert to a bank
holding  company.  In such an event, the Bank will be regulated by the Office of
the  Comptroller  of the Currency and the Holding  Company would be regulated by
the FRB. It is also  possible  that  Congress  could modify the thrift,  unitary
holding  company,  and/or bank  charters,  and/or create one or more new unified
charters.  Management currently does not believe that any such regulatory change
to the charters of the Bank or the Company would have a material, adverse effect
on the Bank or the Company,  although  there can be no assurance that this would
not be the case. See "Regulations -- Insurance of Accounts".

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions

         On September 17, 1996,  the Company  adopted a Stockholder  Rights Plan
(the  "Rights  Plan")  designed  to  preserve   long-term   values  and  protect
stockholders  against stock  accumulations  and other abusive tactics to acquire
control of the Company. Under the Rights Plan, each stockholder of record at the
close of business on September 30, 1996 received a dividend  distribution of one
right to purchase from the Company one  one-hundredth of a share of a new series
of junior  participating  preferred stock at a price of $64,  subject to certain
adjustments.  The rights  will  become  exercisable  only if any person or group
acquires 15% or more of the Common Stock or commences a tender or exchange offer
which, if consummated,  would result in that person or group owning at least 15%
of the Common  Stock  (the  "acquiring  person or  group").  In such  case,  all
stockholders  other  than the  acquiring  person or



                                       31
<PAGE>



group will be entitled to  purchase,  by paying the $64 exercise  price,  Common
Stock (or a common stock  equivalent)  with a value of twice the exercise price.
In addition,  at any time after such event,  and prior to the acquisition by any
person or group of 50% or more of the Common Stock,  the Board of Directors may,
at its option,  require  each  outstanding  right (other than rights held by the
acquiring person or group) to be exchanged for one share of Common Stock (or one
common stock equivalent). The rights expire on September 30, 2006.

         The  Rights  Plan,  as  well as  certain  provisions  of the  Company's
Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws,  the Bank's federal Stock charter and
Bylaws,  certain federal regulations and provisions of Delaware corporation law,
and certain  provisions  of  remuneration  plans and  agreements  applicable  to
employees  and  officers  of  the  Bank  may  have   anti-takeover   effects  by
discouraging potential proxy contests and other takeover attempts,  particularly
those which have not been  negotiated  with the Board of  Directors.  The Rights
Plan and these provisions,  as well as applicable regulatory  restrictions,  may
also prevent or inhibit the acquisition of a controlling  position in the Common
Stock and may prevent or inhibit takeover attempts that certain stockholders may
deem to be in their or other  stockholders'  interest or in the  interest of the
Company or the Bank, or in which stockholders may receive a substantial  premium
for their  shares over then  current  market  prices.  The Rights Plan and these
provisions may also increase the cost of, and thus  discourage,  any such future
acquisition  or attempt,  and would  render the removal of the current  Board of
Directors or management of the Bank or the Holding Company more difficult.

                        FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL TAXATION

         The  following  discussion of tax matters is intended only as a summary
and  does  not  purport  to be a  comprehensive  description  of the  tax  rules
applicable to the Bank or the Company.

Federal Taxation

         General.  The  Company and the Bank will report  their  income  using a
calendar year and the accrual method of accounting. The Company and the Bank are
both subject to the federal tax laws and regulations which apply to corporations
generally,  including,  since the recent  enactment  of the Small  Business  Job
Protection Act (the "Act"), those governing the Bank's deductions for bad debts,
described below.

         Bad Debt Reserves.  Prior to the enactment of the Act, which was signed
into law on August 20, 1996, savings institutions which met certain definitional
tests  primarily  relating  to their  assets  and the  nature of their  business
("qualifying thrifts"),  such as the Bank, were allowed deductions for bad debts
under methods more favorable than those granted to other  taxpayers.  Qualifying
thrifts could compute  deductions for bad debts using either the specific charge
off method of  Section  166 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code (the  "Code") or the
reserve method of Section 593 of the Code.

         Prior  to  its  modification  by  the  Act,  Section  593  permitted  a
qualifying  thrift  to  establish  a reserve  for bad  debts and to make  annual
additions thereto,  which, within specified formula limits, could be deducted in
arriving at its taxable  income.  A qualifying  thrift  could elect  annually to
compute its  allowable  deduction  to bad debt  reserves  for  "qualifying  real
property loans,"  generally loans secured by certain interests in real property,
under either (i) the  "percentage of taxable  income" method  applicable only to
thrift institutions,  or (ii) the "experience" method that also was available to
small banks. Under the "percentage of taxable income" method, subject to certain
limitations,  a  qualifying  thrift  generally  was allowed a  deduction  for an
addition to its bad debt reserve equal to 8% of its taxable  income  (determined
without regard to this  deduction and with  additional  adjustments).  Under the
experience  method, a qualifying thrift was generally allowed a deduction for an
addition to its bad debt reserve  equal to the greater of (i) an amount based on
its actual  average  experience  for losses in the  current  and five  preceding
taxable years, or (ii) an amount necessary to restore the reserve to its balance
as of the close of the base year,  defined as the last  taxable  year  beginning
before  January 1, 1988.  The Bank's  deduction  for  additions  to its bad debt
reserve  with  respect  to  non-qualifying  loans had to be  computed  under the
experience   method.   Any  deduction  for  the  addition  to  the  reserve  for
non-qualifying loans reduced the maximum permissible addition to the reserve for
qualifying real property loans calculated under the percentage of taxable income
method.

         Section  1616(a) of the Act repealed the Section 593 reserve  method of
accounting  for bad debts by  qualifying  thrifts,  effective  for taxable years
beginning after 1995.  Qualifying  thrifts that are treated as large



                                       32
<PAGE>



banks,  such as the Bank,  are required to use the  specific  charge off method,
pursuant  to which the amount of any debt may be  deducted  only as it  actually
becomes wholly or partially worthless.

         A thrift  institution  required  to  change  its  method  of  computing
reserves for bad debt is required to treat such change as a change in the method
of  accounting,  initiated by the taxpayer and having been made with the consent
of the Secretary of the Treasury.  Section  481(a) of the Code requires  certain
amounts to be recaptured with respect to such change.  Generally,  the amount of
the thrift institution's "applicable excess reserves" must be included in income
ratably over a six-taxable  year period,  beginning  with the first taxable year
beginning  after  1995,  subject  to  suspension  if the  institution  meets the
residential  loan  requirement   described  below.  In  the  case  of  a  thrift
institution that is treated as a large bank, such as the Bank, the amount of the
institution's  applicable  excess  reserves  generally  is the excess of (i) the
balances of its reserve for losses on  qualifying  real  property  loans and its
reserve for losses on  nonqualifying  loans as of the close of its last  taxable
year beginning  before January 1, 1996,  over (ii) the balances of such reserves
as of the close of its last taxable year beginning before January 1, 1988 (i.e.,
the "pre-1988  reserves").  The Bank's applicable excess reserves as of December
31, 1995 were  approximately  $20,000.  For the taxable year ending December 31,
1996,  the repeal of the bad debt  reserve  deduction  resulted in an  increased
federal income tax liability of approximately $121,000.

         Distributions.   To  the  extent  that  the  Bank  makes   "nondividend
distributions"  to shareholders  that are considered to result in  distributions
from the  pre-1988  reserves  or the  supplemental  reserve  for losses on loans
("excess distributions"), then an amount based on the amount distributed will be
included  in  the  Bank's  taxable  income.  Nondividend  distributions  include
distributions in excess of the Bank's current and post-1951 accumulated earnings
and profits,  as calculated  for federal income tax purposes,  distributions  in
redemption of stock and  distributions in partial or complete  liquidation.  The
amount of additional taxable income resulting from an excess  distribution is an
amount that when reduced by the tax  attributable  to the income is equal to the
amount of the excess  distribution.  Thus,  slightly  more than one and one-half
times the amount of the excess  distribution  made would be  includable in gross
income for federal income tax purposes,  assuming a 35% federal corporate income
tax rate.  See  "Restrictions  on  Dividends  and Capital  Distributions"  under
"Regulation"  for limits on the payment of dividends by the Bank.  The Bank does
not intend to pay dividends or make non-dividend  distributions  described above
that  would  result in a  recapture  of any  portion  of its  pre-1988  bad debt
reserves.

         Corporate  Alternative  Minimum Tax.  The Code  imposes an  alternative
minimum tax (the "AMT") on corporations  equal to the excess,  if any, of 20% of
alternative minimum taxable income ("AMTI") over a corporation's regular federal
income tax liability. AMTI is equal to taxable income with certain adjustments.
Only 90% of AMTI can be offset by net operating loss carryforwards.

State and Local Taxation

         New York State and New York City  Taxation.  The Bank is subject to the
New York State  Franchise Tax on Banking  Corporations in an annual amount equal
to the  greater of (i) 9% of "entire  net  income"  allocable  to New York State
during the taxable  year or (ii) the  applicable  alternative  minimum  tax. The
alternative  minimum tax is  generally  the greater of (a) 0.01% of the value of
assets  allocable  to New  York  State  with  certain  modifications,  (b) 3% of
"alternative  entire net income" allocable to New York State or (c) $250. Entire
net  income  is  similar  to  federal   taxable   income,   subject  to  certain
modifications  (including  that net  operating  losses cannot be carried back or
carried  forward),  and  alternative  entire  net  income is equal to entire net
income  without  certain  deductions  which are allowable in the  calculation of
entire net income.  The Bank also is subject to a similarly  calculated New York
City tax of 9% on  income  allocated  to New York City and  similar  alternative
taxes. In addition, the Bank was subject to a temporary tax surcharge on the New
York State  Franchise Tax for tax years ending before July 1, 1997, at a rate of
2  1/2%  for  the  tax  year  ending  December  31,  1996,  and  to a  temporary
Metropolitan  Transportation  Business Tax Surcharge for tax years ending before
December 31, 1997, at a rate of 17% of the New York State Franchise Tax.

         Notwithstanding  the  repeal  of  the  federal  income  tax  provisions
permitting  bad debt  deductions  under the reserve  method,  New York State has
enacted legislation  maintaining the preferential treatment of loss reserves for
qualifying  real  property  loans of  qualifying  thrifts for New York State tax
purposes.  Similar  measures to  preserve



                                       33
<PAGE>



the  deduction  for New York City tax purposes  have been passed by the New York
State  legislature  and is expected  to be signed by the  Governor in the coming
weeks.

         For New York  State  and New York  City tax  purposes,  the  applicable
percentage to calculate the bad debt  deduction  under the percentage of taxable
income method is 32% of taxable  income,  subject to the following  limitations:
(i) the amount of the addition to the reserve cannot exceed the amount necessary
to increase the balance of the reserve for losses on  qualifying  real  property
loans at the close of the taxable  year to 6% of the  balance of the  qualifying
real  property  loans  outstanding  at the end of the taxable  year and (ii) the
reserves for losses on qualifying real property and non-qualifying  loans cannot
exceed  the  amount  by  which  12%  of the  amount  of the  total  deposits  or
withdrawable accounts of depositors of the Bank at the close of the taxable year
exceeds the sum of the Bank's  surplus,  undivided  profits and  reserves at the
beginning of such year. The new legislation also allows an exclusion from entire
net income for New York State and New York City tax  purposes  for any amounts a
thrift is required to include in federal  taxable  income as a recapture  of its
bad debt reserve as a consequence of the Act.

         Delaware  State  Taxation.  As a Delaware  holding  company not earning
income in Delaware, the Company is exempt from Delaware corporate income tax but
is required to file an annual report with and pay an annual franchise tax to the
State of Delaware.

                                   REGULATION

General

         On May 10, 1994,  the Bank  converted  from a New York State  chartered
mutual  savings bank to a federally  chartered  mutual  savings bank pursuant to
Section 5(o) of the Home Owners'  Loan Act, as amended  ("HOLA").  On that date,
the  OTS  replaced  the  New  York  State  Banking   Department   (the  "Banking
Department")  as the  Bank's  chartering  authority  and the FDIC as the  Bank's
primary  federal  regulator.  Although the FDIC is no longer the primary federal
regulator of the Bank, the Bank remains subject to regulation and examination by
the FDIC as its deposit insurer.  The FDIC  administered  fund which insures the
Bank's deposits is the BIF. The Bank's deposits are insured up to the applicable
limits   permitted   by  law.   See   "--Insurance   of   Accounts"   and  "Risk
Factors--Pending Legislation."

         The Bank is also  subject to  certain  regulations  promulgated  by the
Federal  Reserve Board.  Moreover,  in connection  with  converting to a federal
charter, the Bank has become a member of the FHLB-NY.

         The  activities of federal  savings  institutions  are governed by HOLA
and, in certain  respects,  the Federal  Deposit  Insurance Act  ("FDIA").  Most
regulatory  functions relating to deposit insurance and to conservatorships  and
receiverships  of insured  institutions  are exercised by the FDIC.  The Federal
Deposit Insurance  Corporation  Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA"),  among other
things,  requires  that federal  banking  regulators  intervene  promptly when a
depository  institution   experiences  financial   difficulties,   mandated  the
establishment of a risk-based  deposit insurance  assessment system and required
imposition of numerous additional safety and soundness operational standards and
restrictions.  FDICIA  and the  Financial  Institutions  Reform,  Recovery,  and
Enforcement Act of 1989 ("FIRREA") each contain  provisions  affecting  numerous
aspects of the operations and  regulations of federal savings banks and empowers
the  OTS  and  the  FDIC,  among  other  agencies,  to  promulgate   regulations
implementing its provisions.

         The OTS has  extensive  authority  over the  operations of the Bank. As
part of this authority,  the Bank is required to file periodic  reports with the
OTS and is subject to periodic  examinations by the OTS and back-up examinations
by the FDIC. The Company,  as a savings and loan holding company, is required to
file certain  reports with, and otherwise  comply with the rules and regulations
of,  the OTS.  The  Company  also is  subject to  regulation  under the  federal
securities laws.

         Set forth below is a brief  description of certain laws and regulations
which relate to the regulation of the Bank and the Company. The description does
not purport to be a  comprehensive  description  of applicable  laws,  rules and
regulations  and is qualified in its entirety by reference to  applicable  laws,
rules and regulations.



                                       34
<PAGE>



Investment Powers

         The  Bank  is  subject  to  comprehensive   regulation   governing  its
investments  and  activities.  Among  other  things,  the Bank may invest in (i)
residential  mortgage  loans,  education  loans  and  credit  card  loans  in an
unlimited  amount,  (ii)  non-residential  real estate loans up to 400% of total
capital,  (iii) commercial  business loans up to 20% of assets however,  amounts
over 10% of total assets must be used only for small business loans) and (iv) in
general,  consumer  loans and highly rated  commercial  paper and corporate debt
securities  in the  aggregate  up to 35% of assets.  In  addition,  the Bank may
invest up to 3% of its assets in service  corporations,  an unlimited percentage
of its assets in  operating  subsidiaries  (which may only engage in  activities
permissible  for the Bank  itself) and under  certain  conditions  may invest in
finance subsidiaries. Other than investments in service corporations,  operating
subsidiaries,  finance subsidiaries and stock of government-sponsored  agencies,
such as FHLMC and FNMA,  the Bank  generally  is not  permitted  to make  equity
investments.  The Bank continues to hold,  pursuant to grandfathering  authority
granted  by  the  OTS,  certain  investments  in  preferred  stock  that  it was
authorized   to   make   as   a   New    York-chartered    savings   bank.   See
"Business--Investment  Activities." A service  corporation in which the Bank may
invest is permitted to engage in activities reasonably related to the activities
of a federal  savings  bank as the OTS may  approve  on a case by case basis and
certain activities  preapproved by the OTS, which,  among other things,  include
providing certain support services for the institution;  originating,  investing
in, selling, purchasing,  servicing or otherwise dealing with specified types of
loans and  participations  (principally  loans that the parent institution could
make);   specified  real  estate  activities,   including  limited  real  estate
development,   securities   brokerage  services;   certain  insurance  brokerage
activities, and other specified investments and services.

Real Estate Lending Standards

         FDICIA   requires  each  federal   banking   agency  to  adopt  uniform
regulations  prescribing  standards for extensions of credit (i) secured by real
estate,  or  (ii)  made  for  the  purpose  of  financing  the  construction  of
improvements  on real  estate.  In  prescribing  these  standards,  the  banking
agencies  must  consider the risk posed to the deposit  insurance  funds by real
estate  loans,  the need for safe and  sound  operation  of  insured  depository
institutions  and the  availability  of  credit.  The OTS and the other  federal
banking agencies adopted uniform regulations,  effective March 19, 1993. The OTS
regulation  requires each savings  association to establish and maintain written
internal real estate lending  standards  consistent  with safe and sound banking
practices  and  appropriate  to the size of the  institution  and the nature and
scope of its real estate lending activities.  The policy must also be consistent
with accompanying OTS guidelines, which include maximum loan-to-value ratios for
the  following  types of real estate  loans:  raw land (65%),  land  development
(75%),   nonresidential   construction   (80%),   improved  property  (85%)  and
one-to-four family residential  construction (85%).  Owner-occupied  one-to-four
family  mortgage  loans and home equity loans do not have maximum  loan-to-value
ratio limits,  but those with a  loan-to-value  ratio at  origination  of 90% or
greater are to be backed by private  mortgage  insurance  or readily  marketable
collateral.  Institutions  are also  permitted to make a limited amount of loans
that do not conform to the proposed  loan-to-value  limitations  so long as such
exceptions are appropriately reviewed and justified.  The guidelines also list a
number of lending  situations in which exceptions to the loan-to-value  standard
are justified.

Loans-to-One Borrower Limits

         The Bank generally is subject to the same loans-to-one  borrower limits
that apply to national banks. With certain  exceptions,  loans and extensions of
credit  outstanding  at one  time to one  borrower  (including  certain  related
entities of the  borrower) may not exceed 15% of the Bank's  unimpaired  capital
and surplus,  plus an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus for loans
fully secured by certain readily  marketable  collateral.  At December 31, 1996,
the largest amount the Bank could lend to one borrower was  approximately  $13.8
million,  and at that date the Bank had no lending  relationships which exceeded
such loans-to-one borrower limitation. See "Business--Lending Activities."

Insurance of Accounts

         The deposits of the Bank are insured up to $100,000 per  depositor  (as
defined by law and  regulations)  by the BIF, which is administered by the FDIC.
As insurer,  the FDIC is authorized to conduct  examinations  of, and



                                       35
<PAGE>



to require reporting by, insured institutions.  It also may prohibit any insured
institution  from engaging in any activity the FDIC  determines by regulation or
order to pose a serious  threat to the BIF.  The FDIC also has the  authority to
initiate  enforcement  actions where the OTS has failed or declined to take such
action after receiving a request to do so from the FDIC.

         For 1993, the annual deposit insurance premium was assessed at the rate
of $0.23  per $100 of  deposits  for all  banks  insured  by the BIF.  Effective
January  1,  1994,  a  risk-based   deposit  insurance   assessment  system  was
implemented  by the FDIC.  Under the system as now in effect,  the FDIC  assigns
each  institution  to one of three  capital  categories  consisting  of (1) well
capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized, or (3) undercapitalized,  and to one of
three supervisory subcategories. An institution's assessment rate depends on the
capital   category  and  supervisory   subcategory  to  which  it  is  assigned.
Institutions  are  notified  of  their  assessment  risk   classification  on  a
semi-annual basis. The capital and supervisory  subgroup to which an institution
is assigned by the FDIC is confidential and may not be disclosed.

         Assessment  rates  during  1994 and most of 1995  ranged from $0.23 per
$100 of deposits for an institution in the highest category to $0.31 per $100 of
deposits for an institution in the lowest category.  On August 8, 1995, the FDIC
amended  its  regulation  on  assessments  to  establish a new  assessment  rate
schedule for the BIF ranging from $0.04 per $100 of deposits for an  institution
in the highest  category to $0.31 per $100 of deposits for an institution in the
lowest  category.  The FDIC's new rate  schedule for the BIF was made  effective
with the first day of the month  following  the month in which the BIF  achieved
full  capitalization  to the  statutory  required  1.25%  reserve  ratio,  which
occurred in the second half of 1995.

         The Bank paid $1.3 million in federal deposit insurance premiums to the
BIF for the year ended  December  31,  1994.  As a result of the lowering of BIF
rates in August 1995, the Bank paid $824,000 in deposit  insurance  premiums for
the year ended December 31, 1995.  Thereafter,  the FDIC voted to reduce the BIF
assessment  schedule even further so that most BIF members,  including the Bank,
paid a statutory minimum semi-annual assessment of $2,000 for 1996. The FDIC has
advised the Bank that its annual assessment rate for 1997 will be $0.00 per $100
of deposits.  However,  as a result of recent  legislation  discussed below, the
Bank  will  be  assessed  for a  portion  of the  interest  due  on the  Finance
Corporation  ("FICO")  bonds  issued in  connection  with the  savings  and loan
association crisis in the late 1980s.

         The Bank's assessment rate in effect from time to time will depend upon
the capital  category and supervisory  subcategory to which the Bank is assigned
by the FDIC. In addition,  the FDIC is authorized  to increase  federal  deposit
insurance  assessment  rates for BIF members to the extent  necessary to protect
the BIF and,  under  current  law,  would be required to increase  such rates to
$0.23 per $100 of  deposits  if the BIF's  reserve  ratio  again falls below the
required 1.25%. Any increase in deposit insurance  assessment rates, as a result
of a change in the category or  subcategory to which the Bank is assigned or the
exercise of the FDIC's authority to increase  assessment rates generally,  could
have an adverse effect on the earnings of the Bank.

         Under the FDIA,  insurance  of deposits may be  terminated  by the FDIC
upon a finding that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound  practices,
is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue  operations or has violated any
applicable law,  regulation,  rule, order or condition  imposed by the FDIC. The
management  of the Bank does not know of any  practice,  condition  or violation
that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

         On September 30, 1996, as part of an omnibus  appropriations  bill, the
Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 (the "Funds Act") was enacted. The Funds Act
eliminated the deposit insurance premium disparity that existed since the second
half of 1995 between banks insured by the BIF and thrifts insured by the Savings
Association  Insurance Fund (the "SAIF"). The Act (i) required SAIF institutions
to pay a one-time  special  assessment  to bring the SAIF's  reserve ratio up to
1.25%,  (ii)  requires BIF  institutions,  beginning  January 1, 1997,  to pay a
portion of the  interest  due on the FICO bonds  issued in  connection  with the
savings and loan  association  crisis in the late 1980s,  and (iii) requires BIF
institutions to pay their full pro rata share of the FICO payments  starting the
earlier of January 1, 2000 or the date at which no savings institution continues
to exist. Beginning January 1, 1997, the FICO assessment on SAIF institutions is
at the rate of  $0.065  per $100 of  deposits  and the  FICO  assessment  on BIF
institutions  is at the rate of $0.013  per $100 of  deposits.  These  rates are
subject to



                                       36
<PAGE>



change. The Bank anticipates that during 1997, it will pay $75,000 annually as a
FICO assessment for interest due on the FICO bonds.

         The Funds Act also includes a provision that requires the U.S. Treasury
Department  to conduct a study of all issues  relevant to the  development  of a
common charter for all insured  depository  institutions  and the elimination of
separate  charters  between thrifts and commercial  banks.  The Secretary of the
Treasury  is to submit a report  to  Congress  on the  Treasury's  findings  and
conclusions  in connection  with the study on or before March 31, 1997.  Another
provision in the Act states that the BIF and SAIF funds will merge on January 1,
1999 if no insured depository institution is a savings association on that date.

         In light  of these  latter  two  provisions  of the  Funds  Act,  it is
possible  that the Bank,  on or before  January 1,  1999,  will be  required  to
convert to a bank charter and the Holding  Company  would be required to convert
to a bank holding company.  In such an event, the Bank would be regulated by the
Office of the  Comptroller  of the  Currency  and the Holding  Company  would be
regulated by the FRB. It is also possible that Congress could modify the thrift,
unitary  holding  company,  and/or bank charters,  and/or create one or more new
unified charters. Management currently does not believe that any such regulatory
change to the charters of the Bank or the Company would have a material, adverse
effect on the Bank or the Company,  although there can be no assurance that this
would not be the case. See "Risk Factors--Pending Legislation."

Liquidity Requirements

         The Bank is subject to OTS regulations  that require  maintenance of an
average daily balance of liquid assets (cash,  certain time  deposits,  bankers'
acceptances,  specified U.S.  government,  state and federal agency obligations,
shares of  certain  mutual  funds and  certain  corporate  debt  securities  and
commercial  paper) equal to a percentage of the sum of the Bank's  average daily
balance of net withdrawable  deposit accounts and borrowings payable in one year
or less. The liquidity  requirement  may be changed from time to time by the OTS
(between 4% and 10%) depending upon economic conditions and savings flows of all
institutions for which it is the primary federal regulator,  and it is currently
5%.  Short-term  liquid  assets  currently  must  constitute  at  least 1% of an
institution's  average daily balance of net  withdrawable  deposit  accounts and
current  borrowings.  Monetary  penalties  may  be  imposed  for  violations  of
liquidity requirements.  The Bank's liquidity and short-term liquidity ratios at
December 31, 1996 were 10.91% and 3.91%,  respectively,  which  exceeded the OTS
liquidity  requirements in effect on that date.  Accordingly,  on that date, the
Bank was in compliance with OTS liquidity requirements.

Qualified Thrift Lender Test

         Institutions  regulated  by the OTS are  required  to meet a  qualified
thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain  restrictions  on their  operations.
FDICIA and applicable OTS regulations  require such  institutions to maintain at
least 65% of its portfolio  assets (total  assets less  intangibles,  properties
used to conduct the  institution's  business and liquid assets not exceeding 20%
of total assets) in "qualified thrift investments" on a monthly average basis in
nine of every 12  months.  Qualified  thrift  investments  constitute  primarily
residential   mortgage  loans  and  related   investments,   including   certain
mortgage-backed  and  mortgage-related  securities.  A savings  institution that
fails the QTL test must either convert to a bank charter or, in general, it will
be prohibited from: (i) making an investment or engaging in any new activity not
permissible  for a national bank, (ii) paying  dividends not  permissible  under
national bank  regulations,  (iii)  obtaining  advances from any FHLB,  and (iv)
establishing  any new branch office in a location not permissible for a national
bank in the  institution's  home state.  One year  following  the  institution's
failure to meet the QTL test, any holding company parent of the institution must
register and be subject to supervision as a bank holding  company.  In addition,
beginning three years after the institution failed the QTL test, the institution
would be prohibited from  refinancing any investment or engaging in any activity
not  permissible  for a national  bank and would  have to repay any  outstanding
advances  from an FHLB as promptly as possible.  At December 31, 1996,  the Bank
had  maintained  more than 65% of its  "portfolio  assets" in  qualified  thrift
investments  in at least nine of the preceding 12 months.  Accordingly,  on that
date, the Bank had met the QTL test.



                                       37
<PAGE>



         On September  30,  1996,  as part of the omnibus  appropriations  bill,
Congress  enacted  the  Economic  Growth  and  Paperwork  Reduction  Act of 1996
("Regulatory  Paperwork  Reduction  Act"),  modifying and  expanding  investment
authority under the QTL test. Prior to the enactment of the Regulatory Paperwork
Reduction Act,  commercial,  corporate,  business,  or  agricultural  loans were
limited in the aggregate to 10% of a thrift's  assets and  education  loans were
limited  to 5% of a  thrift's  assets.  Further,  federal  savings  associations
meeting a different  asset test under the Code (the "domestic  building and loan
association  test") were qualified for favorable tax  treatment.  The amendments
permit  federal  thrifts to invest in, sell, or otherwise  deal in education and
credit card loans without  limitation  and raise from 10% to 20% of total assets
the aggregate amount of commercial,  corporate,  business, or agricultural loans
or  investments  that may be made by a thrift,  subject  to a  requirement  that
amounts in excess of 10% of total assets be used only for small business  loans.
In addition,  the legislation  defines "qualified thrift investment" to include,
without limit, education, small business, and credit card loans; and removes the
10% limit on personal,  family, or household loans for purposes of the QTL test.
The  legislation  also provides that a thrift meets the QTL test if it qualifies
as a domestic building and loan association under the Code.

Transactions with Affiliates

         Transactions  between the Bank and any related party or "affiliate" are
governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. An affiliate is any
company or entity which  controls,  is controlled by or is under common  control
with the Bank, including the Company, the Bank's subsidiary, Properties, and any
other  subsidiary  of the Bank or the Company  that may be formed or acquired in
the future.  Generally,  Sections  23A and 23B (i) limit the extent to which the
Bank or its  subsidiaries  may  engage in  "covered  transactions"  with any one
affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of the Bank's capital stock and surplus, and
impose an aggregate  limit on all such  transactions  with all  affiliates to an
amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and surplus, and (ii) require that all
such transactions be on terms  substantially the same, or at least as favorable,
to the Bank or subsidiary  as those  provided to a  non-affiliate.  Each loan or
extension of credit to an  affiliate  by the Bank must be secured by  collateral
with a  market  value  ranging  from  100% to  130%  (depending  on the  type of
collateral)  of the amount of credit  extended.  The term "covered  transaction"
includes the making of loans,  purchase of assets,  issuance of a guarantee  and
other similar types of transactions.  In addition,  the Bank may not (i) loan or
otherwise  extend credit to an affiliate,  except to any affiliate which engages
only in  activities  which are  permissible  for bank  holding  companies  under
Section 4(c) of the Bank Company Act, or (ii)  purchase or invest in any stocks,
bonds,  debentures,  notes or  similar  obligations  of any  affiliates,  except
subsidiaries of the Bank.

         In  addition,  the Bank is subject to  Regulation O  promulgated  under
Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act.  Regulation O requires that
loans by the Bank to a director,  executive  officer or to a holder of more than
10% of the Common Stock, and to certain  affiliated  interests of such insiders,
may not, in the aggregate,  exceed the Bank's loans-to-one borrower limit. Loans
to insiders and their related interests must also be made on terms substantially
the same as offered, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less
stringent than those applied, in comparable  transactions to other persons, with
prior Board  approval  required for certain  loans.  In addition,  the aggregate
amount of  extensions  of credit by the Bank to all insiders  cannot  exceed the
institution's  unimpaired  capital and surplus.  Section 22(g) places additional
restrictions on loans to executive officers of the Bank.

Restrictions on Dividends and Capital Distributions

         The Bank is subject to OTS limitations on capital distributions,  which
include cash  dividends,  stock  redemptions or repurchases,  cash-out  mergers,
interest payments on certain convertible debt and other distributions charged to
the Bank's  capital  account.  In general,  the  applicable  regulation  permits
specified levels of capital distributions by a savings institution that meets at
least its minimum capital  requirements,  so long as the OTS is provided with at
least 30 days' advance notice and has no objection to the distribution.

         The OTS  regulation  establishes  three  tiers of  institutions,  based
primarily on their  capital  level.  Generally,  the Tier 1 group is composed of
institutions that before and after the proposed  distribution meet or exceed all
applicable capital  requirements and have not been informed by the OTS that they
are in need of more  than  normal  supervision.  A Tier 1  institution  may make
capital  distributions  during any calendar year equal to the higher of (i)



                                       38
<PAGE>



100% of net  income  for the  calendar  year-to-date  plus an amount  that would
reduce by one-half its "surplus  capital ratio" at the beginning of the calendar
year or (ii) 75% of net income over the previous  four  quarters.  As applied to
the Bank, "surplus capital ratio" means the percentage by which the Bank's ratio
of total  capital to assets  exceeds  the ratio of its capital  requirement,  as
modified to reflect  any  applicable  individual  minimum  capital  requirements
imposed upon the Bank. Any additional capital  distributions would require prior
regulatory  approval.  In the event the Bank's  capital  fell below its  capital
requirement  or the OTS  notified  it that  it was in need of more  than  normal
supervision,   the  Bank's  ability  to  make  capital  distributions  would  be
restricted.  In addition, the OTS could prohibit a proposed capital distribution
by any institution, which would otherwise be permitted by the regulation, if the
OTS  determines  that such  distribution  would  constitute an unsafe or unsound
practice.  Furthermore,  under FDICIA,  the Bank would be prohibited from making
any capital distributions if, after the distribution, the Bank would have: (i) a
total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital
ratio of less than 4% or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4% (3% in the event
that the Bank is assigned a MACRO Rating of 1, the highest examination rating of
the OTS for savings institutions). At December 31, 1996, the Bank qualified as a
Tier 1 institution  for purposes of this  regulation.  In June 1996,  the Bank's
Board of Directors  declared a dividend of $11.5 million,  which was paid to the
Company in installment  amounts from July to November 1996. The Bank's remaining
allowable  capital  distribution  at December 31, 1996 was  approximately  $30.3
million.

         Tier 2 institutions are those in compliance with their current, but not
their  fully  phased-in,  capital  requirements.  Tier 2  institutions  may make
distributions of up to 75% of their net income for the most recent  four-quarter
period.  Tier 1 and Tier 2  institutions  may seek OTS approval to pay dividends
beyond these amounts.

         Tier 3 institutions  have capital  levels below their current  required
minimum  levels and may not make any  capital  distributions  without  the prior
written approval of the OTS.

         In order to make  distributions  under these safe  harbors,  Tier 1 and
Tier 2  institutions  must submit 30 days prior  written  notice to the OTS of a
proposed distribution. The OTS may object to the distribution during that 30-day
period based on safety and soundness concerns. In addition, a Tier 1 institution
deemed to be in need of more than normal  supervision  by the OTS may be treated
as a Tier 2 or Tier 3 institution as a result of such a determination.

Restrictions on Stock Repurchases

         Pursuant  to  OTS   regulations,   the  Company  is   prohibited   from
repurchasing any shares of Common Stock from any person for three years from the
date of  completion of the  Conversion,  except that such  prohibition  does not
apply to (i) a repurchase on a pro rata basis  pursuant to an offer  approved by
the OTS and  made to all  stockholders  of the  Company;  (ii) a  repurchase  of
qualifying shares of a director or (iii) any other repurchase  permissible under
OTS  regulations.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  pursuant to OTS regulations,
after one year following the  Conversion,  the Company may repurchase  shares of
Common Stock so long as (i) the purchases are part of an open-market program not
involving  more than 5% of the  outstanding  capital stock during a twelve month
period unless  otherwise  approved by the OTS; (ii) the repurchases do not cause
the Bank to become  undercapitalized  (see "--Prompt  Corrective  Action");  and
(iii)  the  Company  provides  to the OTS no later  than  ten days  prior to the
commencement  of  a  repurchase   program  written  notice   containing  a  full
description of the program to be undertaken, and such program is not disapproved
by the OTS.

         Under  current OTS policies,  repurchases  may be allowed in the period
beginning six months following the Conversion, and in amounts greater than 5% in
the  second  and  third  years  following  the  Conversion,  provided  there are
circumstances  that would justify such  repurchases and the OTS does not object.
In June and again in December  1996,  the Company  announced  its  intention  to
repurchase up to 1,126,038 shares in the aggregate,  representing  approximately
13% of the  Company's  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock,  in  open  market
transactions.  The  requisite  approvals  for  these  repurchase  programs  were
obtained from the OTS. All stock  repurchases are subject to market  conditions,
the trading price of the stock, and the Company's financial  performance.  As of
December 31, 1996, the Company had repurchased 667,650 shares of Common Stock at
a cost of $12.2  million,  leaving  458,388  shares  to  repurchased  under  the
repurchase  programs.  The Company's total shares of Common Stock outstanding at
December 31, 1996 were 8,250,497.



                                       39
<PAGE>



Federal Home Loan Bank System

         In connection with converting to a federal  charter,  the Bank became a
member of the FHLB-NY,  which is one of 12 regional FHLBs governed and regulated
by the Federal Housing Finance Board.  Each FHLB serves as a source of liquidity
for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds
derived from the sale of consolidated  obligations of the FHLB System.  It makes
loans to members  (i.e.,  advances) in accordance  with policies and  procedures
established by its Board of Directors.

         As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the
FHLB-NY  in an  amount  equal  to  the  greater  of 1% of its  aggregate  unpaid
residential  mortgage loans, home purchase  contracts or similar  obligations at
the  beginning  of  each  year  or  5%  of  total  advances.  Pursuant  to  this
requirement,  at December  31,  1996,  the Bank was  required  to maintain  $4.2
million of FHLB-NY stock.  The Bank was in compliance  with this  requirement at
that time.

         The FHLBs are  required  to  provide  funds for the  resolution  of the
savings and loan  problem  that  occurred in the 1980's,  and to  contribute  to
affordable  housing  programs  through  direct  loans or interest  subsidies  on
advances  targeted for community  investment and low-income and  moderate-income
housing projects.  These contributions have adversely affected the level of FHLB
dividends  paid and could continue to do so in the future.  These  contributions
also could have an adverse effect on the value of FHLB stock in the future.

Assessments

         Savings institutions are required by OTS regulations to pay assessments
to the OTS to fund the operations of the OTS. The general assessment,  paid on a
quarterly or semi-annual  basis, as determined from time to time by the Director
of the OTS, is computed upon the savings  institution's total assets,  including
consolidated  subsidiaries,  as reported in the  institution's  latest quarterly
thrift financial report. Based on the average balance of the Bank's total assets
for the year ended December 31, 1996, the Bank's OTS  assessments  were $143,000
for that period.

Branching

         In April  1992,  the OTS  amended its rule on  branching  by  federally
chartered  savings  associations  to permit  nationwide  branching to the extent
allowed by  federal  statute.  This  permits  federal  savings  associations  to
geographically  diversify their loan  portfolios and lines of business.  The OTS
authority  preempts any state law  purporting  to regulate  branching by federal
savings associations.

Community Reinvestment

         Under the Community  Reinvestment  Act ("CRA"),  as  implemented by OTS
regulations,  the Bank has a continuing and affirmative  obligation,  consistent
with its safe and sound  operation,  to help meet the credit needs of its entire
community,  including low and moderate  income  neighborhoods.  The CRA does not
establish specific lending  requirements or programs for financial  institutions
nor does it limit an  institution's  discretion to develop the types of products
and  services  that it  believes  are best suited to its  particular  community,
consistent  with the CRA.  The CRA  requires  the OTS,  in  connection  with its
examination  of a savings  institution,  to assess the  institution's  record of
meeting the credit needs of its  community  and to take such record into account
in its  evaluation  of certain  applications  by the  institution.  The CRA also
requires all  institutions to make public  disclosure of their CRA ratings.  The
Bank received a CRA rating of "2" in its most recent CRA  examination  which was
conducted by the OTS in December 1994.  Under OTS  regulations,  a CRA rating of
"2" is the second highest  rating  available on a scale from "1" to "4" with "1"
being  assigned  to  institutions  that have an  outstanding  record of  meeting
community  credit  needs  and "4" being  assigned  to  institutions  that are in
substantial noncompliance in meeting community credit needs. An institution that
receives a "2" is considered to have a satisfactory  record of meeting community
credit needs.  Institutions  that receive  unsatisfactory  ratings (i.e., "3" or
"4")  may  face   difficulties  in  securing  approval  for  new  activities  or
acquisitions.



                                       40
<PAGE>



         In April 1995, the OTS and the other federal banking  agencies  adopted
amendments  to their CRA  regulations.  Among  other  things,  the  amended  CRA
regulations  substitute  for the prior  process-based  assessment  factors a new
evaluation system that would rate an institution based on its actual performance
in meeting  community  needs. In particular,  the proposed system would focus on
three tests: (a) a lending test, to evaluate the institution's  record of making
loans  in  its  service  areas;   (b)  an  investment   test,  to  evaluate  the
institution's record of investing in community development projects,  affordable
housing,  and  programs  benefiting  low  or  moderate  income  individuals  and
businesses;  and (c) a service test, to evaluate the  institution's  delivery of
services through its branches, ATMs, and other offices.

Brokered Deposits

         The  FDIC  has   promulgated   regulations   implementing   the  FDICIA
limitations  on  brokered  deposits.  Under  the  regulations,  well-capitalized
institutions are not subject to brokered deposit  limitations,  while adequately
capitalized  institutions  are  able to  accept,  renew  or roll  over  brokered
deposits only (i) with a waiver from the FDIC and (ii) subject to the limitation
that they do not pay an  effective  yield on any such deposit  which  exceeds by
more than (a) 75 basis points the effective yield paid on deposits of comparable
size and maturity in such institution's normal market area for deposits accepted
in its normal  market area or (b) 120 basis  points for retail  deposits and 130
basis points for wholesale  deposits accepted outside the  institution's  normal
market area,  respectively,  from the current yield on comparable  maturity U.S.
Treasury obligations.  Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept
brokered  deposits and may not solicit  deposits by offering an effective  yield
that exceeds by more than 75 basis  points the  prevailing  effective  yields on
insured deposits of comparable maturity in the institution's  normal market area
or in the market area in which such  deposits are being  solicited.  Pursuant to
the regulation, the Bank, as a well-capitalized institution, may accept brokered
deposits. The Bank did not have any brokered deposits outstanding as of December
31, 1996.

Capital Requirements

         General.  The Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of regulatory
capital.  Since FIRREA,  capital  requirements  established by the OTS generally
must be no less stringent than the capital  requirements  applicable to national
banks.  The OTS also is authorized to impose capital  requirements  in excess of
these standards on a case-by-case basis.

         Any institution that fails any of its applicable  capital  requirements
is subject to possible  enforcement actions by the OTS or the FDIC. Such actions
could  include a  capital  directive,  a cease and  desist  order,  civil  money
penalties, the establishment of restrictions on the institution's operations and
the  appointment  of a  conservator  or receiver.  The OTS'  capital  regulation
provides that such actions, through enforcement proceedings or otherwise,  could
require one or more of a variety of corrective actions. See "--Prompt Corrective
Action."

         The OTS' capital  regulations  create  three  capital  requirements:  a
tangible  capital  requirement,  a leverage or core  capital  requirement  and a
risk-based capital requirement.  At December 31, 1996, the Bank's capital levels
exceeded applicable OTS capital requirements. The three OTS capital requirements
are described below.

         Tangible  Capital  Requirement.  Under  current OTS  regulations,  each
savings  institution  must maintain  tangible capital equal to at least 1.50% of
its adjusted total assets (as defined by regulation). Tangible capital generally
includes  common   stockholders'   equity  and  retained  income,   and  certain
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred stock and related income.  In addition,  all
intangible  assets,  other than a limited amount of purchased mortgage servicing
rights,  must be deducted from tangible capital.  At December 31, 1996, the Bank
had no intangible assets or purchased  mortgage  servicing rights. At that date,
to the Bank's tangible capital ratio was 12.67%.

         In  calculating  adjusted total assets,  adjustments  are made to total
assets to give effect to the  exclusion  of certain  assets from  capital and to
appropriately  account for the  investments in and assets of both includable and
non-includable subsidiaries.



                                       41
<PAGE>



         Core  Capital  Requirement.  The current OTS core  capital  requirement
ranges between 3% and 5% of adjusted  total assets.  Savings  institutions  that
receive the highest  supervisory rating for safety and soundness are required to
maintain a minimum  core capital  ratio of 3%,  while the capital  floor for all
other savings institutions  generally ranges from 4% to 5%, as determined by the
OTS on a case by case basis. Core capital includes common  stockholders'  equity
(including  retained  income),  non-cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  and
related surplus,  minority interest in the equity accounts of fully consolidated
subsidiaries and (subject to phase-out)  qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  The
Bank has no qualifying  supervisory  goodwill.  At December 31, 1996, the Bank's
core capital was 12.67%.

         In February, 1994, the OTS adopted a final rule which limits the amount
of purchased  mortgage  servicing  rights,  together with purchased  credit card
receivables,  includable in core capital to 50% of such capital. At December 31,
1996, the Bank had no purchased  mortgage  servicing  rights or purchased credit
card receivables.

         Risk-Based Requirement.  The risk-based capital standard adopted by the
OTS requires  savings  institutions to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital
to risk-weighted  assets of 8%. Total capital consists of core capital,  defined
above, and supplementary capital but excludes the effect of recognizing deferred
taxes based upon future income after one year. Supplementary capital consists of
certain  capital  instruments  that do not qualify as core capital,  and general
valuation  loan  and  lease  loss  allowances  up  to  a  maximum  of  1.25%  of
risk-weighted  assets.   Supplementary  capital  may  be  used  to  satisfy  the
risk-based requirement only in an amount equal to the amount of core capital. In
determining  the risk-based  capital  ratios,  total assets,  including  certain
off-balance  sheet  items,  are  multiplied  by a risk weight based on the risks
inherent  in the  type of  assets.  The  risk  weights  assigned  by the OTS for
significant  categories of assets are (i) 0% for cash and  securities  issued by
the federal government or unconditionally backed by the full faith and credit of
the federal  government;  (ii) 20% for securities (other than equity securities)
issued by federal government  sponsored agencies and mortgage-backed  securities
issued by, or fully  guaranteed as to principal and interest by, the FNMA or the
FHLMC,  except for those  classes  with  residual  characteristics  or  stripped
mortgage-related  securities;  (iii) 50% for  prudently  underwritten  permanent
one-to-four family first lien mortgage loans and certain qualifying multi-family
mortgage loans not more than 90 days delinquent and having a loan-to-value ratio
of not more than 80% at  origination  unless insured to such ratio by an insurer
approved  by the FNMA or the  FHLMC;  and  (iv)  100% for all  other  loans  and
investments,  including consumer loans, commercial loans, and one-to-four family
residential real estate loans more than 90 days delinquent,  and all repossessed
assets or assets more than 90 days past due. At December  31,  1996,  the Bank's
risk-based  capital ratio was 27.43%.  Risk-based capital excludes the effect of
recognizing deferred taxes based upon future income after one year.

         In 1993, the OTS adopted a final rule  incorporating  an  interest-rate
risk  component  into the  risk-based  capital  regulation.  Under the rule,  an
institution  with a greater than  "normal"  level of interest  rate risk will be
subject to a deduction of its interest  rate risk  component  from total capital
for purposes of calculating  the risk-based  capital  requirement.  As a result,
such an institution may be required to maintain  additional  capital in order to
comply with the risk-based  capital  requirement.  An institution with a greater
than "normal"  interest rate risk is defined as an institution that would suffer
a loss of net portfolio value exceeding 2% of the estimated  market value of its
assets in the event of a 200 basis  point  increase or  decrease  (with  certain
minor  exceptions) in interest  rates.  The interest rate risk component will be
calculated,  on a quarterly  basis,  as one-half  of the  difference  between an
institution's measured interest rate risk and 2%, multiplied by the market value
of its assets.  The rule  establishes a "lag" time between the reporting date of
the data used to calculate an institution's interest rate risk and the effective
date of each quarter's  interest rate risk  component.  The rule also authorizes
the  director of the OTS, or his  designee,  to waive or defer an  institution's
interest rate risk component on a case-by-case  basis. At December 31, 1996, the
Bank did not have more than  "normal"  interest rate risk and was not subject to
any deduction from total capital under this rule.

Federal Reserve System

         The Federal  Reserve  Board  requires all  depository  institutions  to
maintain  reserves against their  transaction  accounts  (primarily NOW checking
accounts) and non-personal time deposits.  At December 31, 1996, the Bank was in
compliance with these requirements.



                                       42
<PAGE>



         The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the
Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy liquidity  requirements  imposed by
the OTS. Because required  reserves must be maintained in the form of vault cash
or a non-interest-bearing  account at a Federal Reserve Bank directly or through
another  bank,  the  effect  of  this  reserve   requirement  is  to  reduce  an
institution's  earning  assets.  The amount of funds  necessary  to satisfy this
requirement has not had a material effect on the Bank's operations.

         The Bank is also  subject  to  certain  regulations  regarding  savings
account disclosure and funds availability  disclosure promulgated by the Federal
Reserve  Board  to  implement  the  requirements  of the  Truth in  Savings  Act
contained in the FDICIA and the Expedited  Funds  Availability  Act, as amended,
respectively.

Financial Reporting

         The Bank is required to submit independently  audited annual reports to
the FDIC and the OTS. These publicly  available  reports must include (a) annual
financial  statements prepared in accordance with GAAP and such other disclosure
requirements as required by the FDIC or the OTS and (b) a report,  signed by the
Bank's  chief  executive  officer and chief  financial  officer  which  contains
statements  about  the  adequacy  of  internal   controls  and  compliance  with
designated  laws and  regulations,  and  attestations  by  independent  auditors
related  thereto.  The Bank is  required  to monitor  the  foregoing  activities
through an independent audit committee.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

         The FDIA Act, as amended by FDICIA and the Riegle Community Development
and Regulatory  Improvement Act of 1994 ("Community  Development Act"), requires
each federal bank regulatory agency to establish safety and soundness  standards
for  institutions  under its authority.  On July 10, 1995,  the federal  banking
agencies,   including  the  OTS,   jointly   released   Interagency   Guidelines
Establishing  Standards  for Safety and  Soundness  and  published  a final rule
establishing  deadlines  for  submission  and  review  of safety  and  soundness
compliance  plans. The final rule and the guidelines took effect August 9, 1995.
The guidelines,  among other things,  require  savings  institutions to maintain
internal  controls,  information  systems and  internal  audit  systems that are
appropriate to the size,  nature and scope of the  institution's  business.  The
guidelines  also establish  general  standards  relating to loan  documentation,
credit   underwriting,   interest  rate  risk   exposure,   asset  growth,   and
compensation,  fees and benefits.  Savings institutions are required to maintain
safeguards  to prevent the payment of  excessive  compensation  to an  executive
officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. The OTS may determine that
a  savings  institution  is not in  compliance  with the  safety  and  soundness
guidelines  and,  upon  doing  so,  may  require  the  institution  to submit an
acceptable plan to achieve  compliance with the guidelines.  An institution must
submit an  acceptable  compliance  plan to the OTS  within 30 days of receipt or
request for such a plan.  Failure to submit or implement a  compliance  plan may
subject the institution to regulatory actions. Management believes that the Bank
currently meets the standards adopted in the interagency guidelines and does not
believe that  implementation of the regulatory  standards will materially affect
the Bank's operations.

         Additionally,  under FDICIA,  as amended by the  Community  Development
Act,  federal banking agencies are required to establish  standards  relating to
asset quality and earnings  that the agencies  determine to be  appropriate.  On
August 27,  1996,  the federal  banking  agencies,  including  the OTS,  adopted
guidelines  relating to asset quality and earnings,  effective  October 1, 1996,
which require a savings  institution to maintain  systems,  consistent  with its
size and the nature and scope of its operations,  to identify problem assets and
prevent  deterioration  in  those  assets  as well as to  evaluate  and  monitor
earnings and insure that earnings are  sufficient to maintain  adequate  capital
and  reserves.   Management   believes  that  the  asset  quality  and  earnings
guidelines,  as adopted by the banking agencies, will not have a material effect
on the Bank's operations.

Prompt Corrective Action

         Under Section 38 of the FDIA, as added by the FDICIA,  each appropriate
agency and the FDIC is required to take prompt  corrective action to resolve the
problems of insured  depository  institutions  that do not meet minimum  capital
ratios. Such action must be accomplished at the least possible long-term cost to
the appropriate deposit insurance fund.



                                       43
<PAGE>



         Effective,  December 19, 1992, the federal banking agencies,  including
the OTS, adopted  substantially  similar  regulations to implement Section 38 of
the  FDIA.  Under  the  regulations,  an  institution  is deemed to be (i) "well
capitalized"  if it has total  risk-based  capital of 10% or more,  has a Tier 1
risk-based  capital ratio of 6% or more, has a Tier 1 leverage  capital ratio of
5% or more and is not subject to any order or final  capital  directive  to meet
and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure,  (ii) "adequately
capitalized" if it has a total risk-based  capital ratio of 8% or more, a Tier 1
risk-based capital ratio of 4% or more and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 4%
or more (3% under  certain  circumstances)  and does not meet the  definition of
"well  capitalized,"  (iii)  "undercapitalized"  if it  has a  total  risk-based
capital  ratio that is less than 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based  capital  ratio that is
less than 4% or a Tier 1 leverage  capital  ratio that is less than 4% (3% under
certain circumstances),  (iv) "significantly undercapitalized" if it has a total
risk-based capital ratio that is less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
that is less than 3% or a Tier 1  leverage  capital  ratio that is less than 3%,
and (v)  "critically  undercapitalized"  if it has a ratio of tangible equity to
total  assets  that is equal to or less than 2%.  Section 38 of the FDIA and the
regulations  promulgated  thereunder  also specify  circumstances  under which a
federal  banking  agency  may  reclassify  a  well  capitalized  institution  as
adequately capitalized and may require an adequately capitalized  institution or
an undercapitalized institution to comply with supervisory actions as if it were
in the  next  lower  category  (except  that  the  FDIC  may  not  reclassify  a
significantly  undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized).  At
December  31,  1996,  the  Bank  met  the  criteria  to be  considered  a  "well
capitalized" institution.

Pending Legislation

         For a discussion of pending legislation that could impact the Company's
business and operations, see "Risk Factors -- Pending Legislation."

Company Regulation

         The  Company is a  non-diversified  unitary  savings  and loan  holding
company  within the meaning of HOLA, is required to register with the OTS and is
subject   to  OTS   regulations,   examinations,   supervision   and   reporting
requirements.  In addition,  the OTS has enforcement  authority over the Company
and any non-savings institution  subsidiaries it later forms or acquires.  Among
other things,  this authority permits the OTS to restrict or prohibit activities
that it determines pose a serious risk to the Bank. The Bank must notify the OTS
30 days before declaring any dividend to the Company.

         HOLA  prohibits  a  savings  and  loan  holding  company,  directly  or
indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries,  from acquiring another savings
institution or holding company  thereof,  without prior written  approval of the
OTS;  acquiring  or  retaining,  with  certain  exceptions,  more  than  5% of a
non-subsidiary  savings  institution,  a non-subsidiary  holding  company,  or a
non-subsidiary company engaged in activities other than those permitted by HOLA;
or  acquiring  or  retaining  control of a  depository  institution  that is not
federally  insured.  In evaluating  applications by holding companies to acquire
savings  institutions,  the OTS  will  consider  the  financial  and  managerial
resources  and future  prospects of the company and  institution  involved,  the
effect of the  acquisition on the risk to the insurance  funds,  the convenience
and needs of the community and competitive factors.

         As a unitary savings and loan holding company, the Company currently is
not  restricted  as to the types of business  activities in which it may engage,
provided that the Bank continues to meet the QTL test. See  "--Qualified  Thrift
Lender Test" and "Risk  Factors--Pending  Legislation." Upon any non-supervisory
acquisition by the Company of another  savings  association or savings bank that
meets the QTL test and is deemed to be a  savings  institution  by the OTS,  the
Company  would  become a  multiple  savings  and loan  holding  company  (if the
acquired  institution is held as a separate  subsidiary) and would be subject to
extensive  limitations  on the types of  business  activities  in which it could
engage.  HOLA  limits the  activities  of a multiple  savings  and loan  holding
company and its  non-insured  institution  subsidiaries  primarily to activities
permissible for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Company
Act, subject to the prior approval of the OTS, and activities  authorized by OTS
regulation.

         The OTS is prohibited from approving any acquisition  that would result
in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings  institutions
in  more  than  one  state,  subject  to two  exceptions:  (i) the  approval



                                       44
<PAGE>



of interstate  supervisory  acquisitions by savings and loan holding  companies,
and (ii) the  acquisition of a savings  institution in another state if the laws
of  the  state  of the  target  savings  institution  specifically  permit  such
acquisitions.  Under  New  York  law,  reciprocal  interstate  acquisitions  are
authorized  for savings and loan  holding  companies  and savings  institutions.
Certain states do not authorize interstate acquisitions under any circumstances;
however, federal law authorizing acquisitions in supervisory cases preempts such
state law.

         Federal law  generally  provides  that no "person"  acting  directly or
indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other persons,  may acquire
"control," as that term is defined in OTS  regulations,  of a federally  insured
savings  institution  without giving at least 60 days' written notice to the OTS
and providing the OTS an  opportunity  to disapprove  the proposed  acquisition.
Such acquisitions of control may be disapproved if it is determined, among other
things,  that (i) the acquisition would substantially  lessen competition;  (ii)
the financial  condition of the acquiring  person might jeopardize the financial
stability  of  the  savings  institution  or  prejudice  the  interests  of  its
depositors;  or (iii) the  competency,  experience or integrity of the acquiring
person or the proposed  management  personnel  indicates that it would not be in
the  interest  of the  depositors  or the  public to permit the  acquisition  of
control by such person.

         In  addition,  federal  regulations  governing  conversions  of  mutual
savings  institutions to the stock form of  organization  prohibit the direct or
indirect acquisition without prior OTS approval of more than 10% of any class of
equity  security  of a savings  institution  within  three  years of the savings
institution's  conversion to stock form. This limitation applies to acquisitions
of equity  securities of the Company.  Such acquisition may be disapproved if it
is found, among other things, that the proposed  acquisition (a) would frustrate
the purposes of the provisions of the  regulations  regarding  conversions,  (b)
would be  manipulative  or  deceptive,  (c) would  subvert  the  fairness of the
Conversion,  (d) would be likely to result in injury to the savings institution,
(e) would not be consistent with economical home financing,  (f) would otherwise
violate law or regulation, or (g) would not contribute to the prudent deployment
of the savings institution's conversion proceeds.

Federal Securities Laws

         The  Company's  Common Stock is  registered  with the SEC under Section
12(g) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act").
The  Company  is  subject  to  the  information   and  reporting   requirements,
regulations  governing proxy  solicitations,  insider trading  restrictions  and
other  requirements  applicable to companies whose stock is registered under the
Exchange Act.

Item 2.  Properties.

         The Bank conducts its business through seven full-service  offices. The
Bank's main office is located at 144-51 Northern Boulevard,  Flushing, New York.
The Bank believes that its current  facilities  are adequate to meet the present
and immediately foreseeable needs of the Bank and the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                
                                        Leased or           Date Leased     Lease Expiration    Net Book Value at
           Office                         Owned             or Acquired          Date           December 31, 1996
- ---------------------------------       ---------           -----------     ----------------    -----------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>            <C>                 <C>
Main Office
   144-51 Northern Blvd.                  owned                 1972               NA              $1,145,000
   Flushing, NY 11354..............

Broadway Branch
   159-18 Northern Blvd.                  owned                 1962               NA                 569,000
   Flushing, NY 11358..............

Auburndale Branch
   188-08 Hollis Court Blvd.              owned                 1991               NA                 807,295
   Flushing, NY 11358..............

Springfield Branch
   61-54 Springfield Blvd.                leased                1991           11/30/2001                  --
   Bayside, NY 11364...............
</TABLE>



                                       45
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Leased or           Date Leased     Lease Expiration    Net Book Value at
           Office                         Owned             or Acquired          Date           December 31, 1996
- ---------------------------------       ---------           -----------     ----------------    -----------------
<S>                                       <C>                   <C>            <C>                 <C>
Bay Ridge Branch
   7102 Third Avenue                      owned                 1991               NA                 326,575
   Brooklyn, NY 11209..............

Irving Place Branch
   33 Irving Place                        leased                1991           11/30/2001              67,306
   New York, NY 10003..............

New Hyde Park Branch
   661 Hillside Avenue                    leased                1971           12/31/2012              20,863
   New Hyde Park, NY 11040.........
</TABLE>

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         The Bank is involved in various legal  actions  arising in the ordinary
course of its  business  which,  in the  aggregate,  involve  amounts  which are
believed by management  to be immaterial to the financial  condition and results
of operations of the Bank.

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

None

                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for the  Registrant's  Common  Stock and Related  Stockholder
         Matters.

         Flushing  Financial  Corporation  common  stock is traded on the Nasdaq
National Market and quoted under the symbol "FFIC".

         Information  regarding Flushing Financial  Corporation common stock and
its price for the 1996 fiscal year  appears on the back cover page of the Annual
Report  under the caption  "Market  Price of Common  Stock" and is  incorporated
herein by this reference.

         As  of  February  28,  1997,   Flushing   Financial   Corporation   had
approximately  1,072 stockholders of record, not including the number of persons
or entities  holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and
banks.

         In September  1996,  the Board of  Directors  of the Company  adopted a
dividend  policy to pay an annual  dividend of $0.16 per share of Common  Stock,
payable in equal  quarterly  installments,  should the  earnings  of the Company
warrant. In accordance with this policy, dividends were paid in 1996 as follows:

 Declaration Date                Record Date                Payment Date
 ----------------                -----------                ------------
September 17, 1996            September 30, 1996           October 15, 1996
November 26, 1996             December 12, 1996            December 27, 1996

         The Company's  dividend policy may change from time to time. Changes in
the Company's  dividend  policy will depend upon a number of factors,  including
the investment and business opportunities available to the Company and the Bank,
capital requirements of the Bank,  regulatory  requirements,  the Bank's and the
Company's financial condition and results of operations,  tax considerations and
general economic conditions.  No assurance can be given that the declaration and
payment of dividends will continue.

         In June and again in December 1996, the Company announced its intention
to  repurchase   up  to  1,126,038   shares  in  the   aggregate,   representing
approximately 13% of the Company's  outstanding  shares of Common Stock, in open
market transactions.  The requisite approvals for these repurchase programs were
obtained  from the OTS.



                                       46
<PAGE>



As of December 31, 1996,  the Company had  repurchased  667,650 shares of Common
Stock at a cost of $12.2 million,  leaving  458,388 shares to repurchased  under
the repurchase programs.  The Company's total shares of Common Stock outstanding
at December 31, 1996 were 8,250,497.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

         Information  regarding selected financial data appears on pages 5 and 6
of the  Annual  Report  under  the  caption  "Selected  Financial  Data"  and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 7.  Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
         Results of Operations.

         Information regarding management's discussion and analysis of financial
condition and results of operations  appears on pages 7 through 16 of the Annual
Report  under the caption  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial
Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and is  incorporated  herein  by  this
reference.

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

         Information  regarding the  financial  statements  and the  Independent
Auditor's  Report  appears on pages 17  through  40 of the Annual  Report and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 9.  Changes in and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

         None.

                                    PART III


Item 10.  Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant.

         Information  regarding  the  directors  and  executive  officers of the
Company  appears in the  Company's  Proxy  Statement  for the Annual  Meeting of
Shareholders  to be held April 29,  1997 under the  captions  "Board  Nominees",
"Continuing  Directors"  and  "Executive  Officers Who Are Not Directors" and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

         Information  regarding executive  compensation appears in the Company's
Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held April 29, 1997
under the caption  "Executive  Compensation" and is incorporated  herein by this
reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

         Information  regarding  security ownership of certain beneficial owners
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held  April 29,  1997  under  the  caption  "Stock  Ownership  of  Certain
Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by this reference.

         Information  regarding  security  ownership of management appears on in
the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held
April  29,  1997  under the  caption  "Stock  Ownership  of  Management"  and is
incorporated herein by this reference.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         Information  regarding certain  relationships and related  transactions
appears in the Company's  Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders
to be held on April 29, 1997 under the  caption  "Certain  Transactions"  and is
incorporated herein by this reference.



                                       47
<PAGE>



                                     PART IV


Item 14.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a) 1.   Financial Statements

         The following financial statements are included in the Company's Annual
Report to Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 1996 and are incorporated
herein by this reference:

         o        Consolidated  Statements of Condition at December 31, 1995 and
                  1996

         o        Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the years in
                  the three-year period ended December 31, 1996

         o        Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for
                  each of the years in the three-year  period ended December 31,
                  1996

         o        Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the years in
                  the three year period ended December 31, 1996

         o        Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

         o        Report of Independent Accountants

         The   remaining   information   appearing  in  the  Annual   Report  to
Stockholders  is not  deemed  to be filed as a part of this  report,  except  as
expressly provided herein.

2.       Financial Statement Schedules

         Financial  Statement  Schedules have been omitted  because they are not
applicable or the required  information is shown in the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements or Notes thereto.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K filed during the last quarter of fiscal 1996

         None

(c)      Exhibits Required by Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-K

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number
- ------
<S>                    <C>
3.1                    Articles of Incorporation of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
3.2                    By-Laws of Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
10.1                   Annual Incentive Plan for Selected Officers (1)
10.2                   Employment Agreements between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Certain Officers (1)
10.3                   Employment Agreements between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain Officers (2)
10.3(a)                Amendment No. 1 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael
                       J. Hegarty (3)
10.3(b)                Amendment to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Certain
                       Officers (including Michael J. Hegarty) (3)
10.3(c)                Amendment No. 3 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation and Michael
                       J. Hegarty, and Amendemnt No. 2 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB
                       and Michael J. Hegarty  (4)
10.4                   Special Termination Agreements (2)
10.5                   Employee Severance Compensation Plan of Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (1)
10.6(a)                Outside Director Retirement Plan (2)
</TABLE>



                                       48
<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Exhibit
Number
- ------
<S>                    <C>
10.6(b)                Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Outside Director Deferred Compensation Plan (2)
10.7                   Flushing Savings Bank, FSB Supplemental Savings Incentive Plan (1)
10.8                   Form of Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial
                       Corporation, and each Director (1)
10.8(a)                Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and
                       each Director (3)
10.8(b)                Indemnity Agreement among Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation, and
                       Certain Officers (3)
10.9                   Employee Benefit Trust Agreement (1)
10.10                  Loan Document for Employee Benefit Trust (1)
10.11                  Guarantee by Flushing Financial Corporation (1)
10.12                  Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial Corporation and
                       Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
13.1                   1996 Annual Report to Shareholders
22.1                   Subsidiaries information incorporated herein by reference to Part I - Subsidiary Activities
23.1                   Consent of Independent Accountants
27                     Financial Data Schedule
99.1                   Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 29, 1997,
                       portions of which are incorporated herein by reference.
</TABLE>



(1)      Incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibits  filed with the  Registration
         Statement on Form S-1, Registration No. 33-96488.

(2)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company's  Report
         on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.

(3)      Incorporated  by reference to Exhibits filed with the Company's  Report
         of Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1996.

(4)      These amendments are contained in a single document entitled "Amendment
         Agreement No. 3", filed with this Report.



                                       49
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant  to the  requirements  of Section  13 or 15(d) the  Securities
Exchange  Act of 1934,  the Company has duly caused this  report,  or  amendment
thereto,  to be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized, in New York, New York, on March 28, 1997.

                                          FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION


                                          By    /s/  JAMES F. MCCONNELL
                                            -----------------------------
                                          James F. McConnell
                                          President


                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

         We, the  undersigned  directors  and  officers  of  Flushing  Financial
Corporation  (the "Company")  hereby  severally  constitute and appoint James F.
McConnell  and Monica C.  Passick as our true and lawful  attorneys  and agents,
each acting alone and with full power of substitution and re-substitution, to do
any and all things in our names in the  capacities  indicated  below  which said
James F.  McConnell  or Monica C.  Passick may deem  necessary  or  advisable to
enable the Company to comply with the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, and any
rules,  regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Commission,
in  connection  with the report on Form 10K,  or  amendment  thereto,  including
specifically,  but not limited  to,  power and  authority  to sign for us in our
names in the  capacities  indicated  below the report on Form 10-K, or amendment
thereto;  and we hereby  approve,  ratify  and  confirm  all that said  James F.
McConnell or Monica C. Passick shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto, has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signature                                        Title                                                 Date
- ---------                                        -----                                                 ----
<S>                                              <C>                                                   <C>
  /s/    JAMES F. MCCONNELL                      Director, President (Principal Executive              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------         Officer)
         James F. McConnell                      


  /s/    GERARD P. TULLY, SR.                    Director, Chairman                                    March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         Gerard P. Tully, Sr.


  /s/    MONICA C. PASSICK                       Treasurer (Principal Financial and                    March 28, 1997
- -------------------------------                  Accounting Officer)
         Monica C. Passick                       


  /s/    ROBERT A. MARANI                        Director                                              March 28, 1997
- -------------------------------
         Robert A. Marani


  /s/    JOHN O. MEAD                            Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         John O. Mead


  /s/    MICHAEL J. HEGARTY                      Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         Michael J. Hegarty


  /s/    FRANKLIN F. REGAN, JR.                  Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         Franklin F. Regan, Jr.


  /s/    JOE E. ROE, SR.                         Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         Joe E. Roe, Sr.


  /s/    MICHAEL J. RUSSO                        Director                                              March 28, 1997
- -------------------------------
         Michael J. Russo


  /s/    JOHN M. GLEASON                         Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         John M. Gleason


  /s/    VINCENT F. NICOLOSI                     Director                                              March 28, 1997
- ----------------------------------------
         Vincent F. Nicolosi
</TABLE>







[LOGO]

- ---------------------
FFC
Flushing 
Financial Corporation
- ---------------------



                         Flushing Financial Corporation
                         ------------------------------
                               1996 Annual Report





                                                               [LOGO]
                                                               -----------------
                                                               FSB
                                                               Flushing
                                                               Savings Bank, FSB
                                                               -----------------



<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation
Corporate Profile


Flushing Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation, was organized in May
1994 as the holding company for Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, a federally
chartered, FDIC insured savings institution originally organized in 1929.

The Bank is a consumer-oriented savings institution primarily engaged in
attracting deposits from the local communities of Queens, Nassau, Brooklyn and
Manhattan and investing such deposits and other available funds primarily in
originations or purchases of one-to-four family residential loans, multi-family
mortgage loans and commercial real estate loans.

Flushing Financial Corporation's common stock is publicly traded on the Nasdaq
National Market under the symbol "FFIC".


Flushing Financial Corporation
Table of Contents


Financial Highlights                                                          1
To Our Shareholders                                                           2
Selected Financial Data                                                       5
Management's Discussion & Analysis of
  Financial Condition & Results of Operations                                 7
Consolidated Financial Statements                                            17
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                   22
Report of Independent Accountants                                            40
Corporate & Shareholder Information                           Inside Back Cover



<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation
Financial Highlights

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

===================================================================================================================================
At or for the Year Ended December 31,                                                                1996                    1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                             <C>                     <C>        

Selected Financial Data                                                               (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Total assets .......................................................................            $   775,343             $   708,384
Loans receivable, net ..............................................................                382,781                 280,126
Mortgage-backed securities .........................................................                141,038                 179,300
Other securities ...................................................................                190,857                 202,147
Real estate owned, net .............................................................                  1,218                   1,869
Deposits ...........................................................................                584,479                 559,864
Stockholders' equity(1) ............................................................                133,281                 141,330
Book value per share ...............................................................            $     16.15             $     16.39
===================================================================================================================================

Selected Operating Data
Net interest income ................................................................            $    28,759             $    21,807
Net income .........................................................................                  6,715                   3,286
Earnings per share(2) ..............................................................            $      0.84           Not meaningful
===================================================================================================================================

Financial Ratios
Return on average assets ...........................................................                   0.89%                   0.53%
Net interest margin ................................................................                   4.01                    3.74
Net interest rate spread ...........................................................                   3.29                    3.51
Efficiency ratio ...................................................................                  58.33                   64.69
Equity to total assets .............................................................                  17.19                   19.95
Non-performing assets to total assets ..............................................                   0.47                    0.97
Allowance for possible loan losses to gross loans ..................................                   1.39                    1.85
Allowance for possible loan losses to non-performing loans .........................                 225.79                  106.61
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1)  Reflects unrealized loss of $1.2 million on securities available for sale,
     net of taxes at December 31, 1996 and an unrealized gain of $1.6 million at
     December 31, 1995.

(2)  The Company completed its initial public offering on November 21, 1995.
     Earnings of the Company from the period November 21, 1995 through December
     31, 1995 year end were $655,000 which, based on 7,935,552 weighted average
     shares outstanding for the same period equals $0.08 per share.



  [THE FOLLOWING TABLES WERE PRESENTED AS BAR CHARTS IN THE PRINTED MATERIAL]


<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<INSERT TABLES>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>




                                                                               1
<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation
To Our Shareholders, Customers and Friends:




1996 marked increased profitability and
{the fifth year}  of 
improvement in asset quality




1996, our first full year as a public company, was a year of solid
accomplishment, with significant increases achieved in net income and earnings
per share as we continued to leverage our strong capital position and shift our
asset base to a higher yielding mix.

We reported net income of $6.7 million or $0.84 per share--more than double that
of a year ago. Total assets grew by 9.5 percent to $775.3 million, reflecting
principally the achievement of our planned growth in both the residential and
multi-family mortgage loan portfolios. Total mortgage loans increased during the
year by $103.6 million, or 36 percent, while securities available for sale
declined by $49.6 million as we accelerated implementation of our asset mix
strategy, while maintaining our strict underwriting standards.

Net interest income improved, principally as a result of the expansion of our
loan originations during the year, which were funded through deposit growth and
leveraged by borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). We stated in
last year's report that we would employ such leveraging strategies when we
concluded that the risk/ reward criteria met our standards. The improvement in
net interest income was offset somewhat by continued increases in the cost of a
changing deposit mix as depositors moved to higher-cost certificates of deposits
(CDs).

Despite the asset growth, we continued to monitor our expenses carefully and
actually achieved a reduction in non-interest expense from a year ago. As a
consequence, our efficiency ratio improved to 58 percent from 65 percent a year
ago. We intend to continue to improve our efficiency ratio going forward and are
implementing improvements to our operations infrastructure.

In addition to increased profitability, 1996 marked the fifth year of
improvement in asset quality, by all standard measures. Some measures of the
progress are:


o Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets has declined to
0.47 percent at 1996 year end from 0.97 percent a year earlier.

o Our ratio of allowances for loan losses to non-performing assets increased
sharply to 149.94 percent from 77.52 percent a year ago.

o The real estate owned account was reduced by 35 percent, the third year of
improvement, and



2

<PAGE>



amounted to $1.2 million at 1996 year end compared to over $1.9 million a year
ago.

Our significant capital strength continues to be reflected in the Bank's
regulatory capital ratios, which exceed, in all cases, the minimum regulatory
requirements. That capital foundation, together with the Bank's continued
earnings performance, led the Board of Directors to initiate payment of cash
dividends on common stock and authorize a series of stock repurchase programs
with the objective of enhancing shareholder value. Specifically:

o In September, the Board initiated a quarterly cash dividend policy with an
initial indicated annual dividend rate of $0.16 per share. The Board declared
quarterly cash dividends of $0.04 per share on the common stock payable in
October and December, 1996 and March, 1997. The Board will continue to review
the level of dividends quarterly, based on earnings, financial conditions,
capital requirements and other factors.

o In June, and again in December of 1996, we announced our intention to
repurchase up to 1,126,038 shares in the aggregate, representing approximately
13 percent of our outstanding common stock, in open market transactions. As of
December 31, 1996, we had repurchased 667,650 common shares at a cost of $12.2
million, leaving 458,388 shares to be repurchased under our Share Repurchase
Programs. Our total shares outstanding at December 31, 1996 were 8,250,497.

In order to safeguard the interests of its shareholders, the Board of Directors
adopted a Stockholder Rights Plan on September 18, 1996. The rights plan is
designed to preserve long-term values and protect shareholders against stock
accumulations and other abusive tactics that might be used to acquire control of
the Company for an inadequate value.

[PHOTO]

Gerard P. Tully, Sr.                          John F. McConnell

                                                                               3

<PAGE>



Our focus in 1997 will be to continue to
{pursue} structured and orderly growth


As we have said previously, we have a plan to grow this institution to increase
the value of your investment and a very strong capital position with which to
implement that plan. Our focus in 1997 will be to continue to pursue structured
and orderly growth and to reallocate the mix of our assets toward the
achievement of an appropriate, sustainable rate of return on equity to our
shareholders. Elements of the plan include:

o The growth of our customer base through the introduction of new and enhanced
loan and other products that address the specific needs of our target markets,
while continuing to adhere to our established underwriting and investment
standards to ensure continued high asset quality.

o The continued improvements in our already high standard of service excellence
and the accelerated pace of new systems implementation bank-wide.

o The pursuit of an expansion strategy that is accretive to earnings, including
appropriate acquisition opportunities.

o Maintaining our reputation as a quality, community-involved financial
institution.

The Company's employees at every level are the front line in the quality of
service we render to our customers and are instrumental in achieving our plans.
To them, we express our gratitude for the accomplishments to date, as well as
those to come.

On behalf of all of your management and Board of Directors, may we express our
appreciation to our original shareholders and to those who have joined us in the
last year. We assure you that we are dedicated to increasing shareholder value
and appreciate the confidence you have evidenced by your investment in Flushing
Financial.

We would like to particularly express our sincere gratitude to Mr. Thomas R.
Trent, who has recently retired from our Board of Directors after thirty years
of service. His knowledge of the banking industry, his sound judgment and the
respect he commanded will be deeply missed.



/s/ Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
Chairman


/s/ James F. McConnell
James F. McConnell
President and
Chief Executive Officer



4
<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation
Selected Financial Data


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At and for the years ended December 31,                           1996           1995           1994           1993          1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>      
Selected Financial Condition Data
Total assets ..............................................    $ 775,343      $ 708,384      $ 592,014      $ 615,501     $ 596,258
Loans, net ................................................      382,781        280,126        252,116        254,591       295,280
Investment securities .....................................         --             --             --             --         257,379
Securities held to maturity ...............................         --             --           90,945         58,129          --
Securities available for sale .............................      331,895        381,447        195,978        249,639          --
Real estate owned, net ....................................        1,218          1,869          3,468          7,762         8,532
Deposits ..................................................      584,479        559,864        532,141        561,456       551,449
Stockholders' equity ......................................      133,281        141,330         40,115         45,345        37,734
Book value per share(1) ...................................        16.15          16.39           --             --            --

Selected Operating Data
Interest and dividend income ..............................    $  55,061      $  44,705      $  42,511      $  43,604     $  48,330
Interest expense ..........................................       26,302         22,898         19,440         20,030        25,474
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income ...................................       28,759         21,807         23,071         23,574        22,856
Provision for loan losses .................................          418            496            246          2,522         2,809
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision
      for loan losses .....................................       28,341         21,311         22,825         21,052        20,047
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest income:
  Net gains (losses) on sales of securities
    and loans .............................................          126           (316)          (122)         2,004         2,329
  Amortization of deferred gain from
    sale of real estate ...................................         --            2,784           --             --            --
  New York State gains tax refund .........................         --              387           --             --            --
  Other income ............................................        1,623          1,830          1,321          1,426           849
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest income .............................        1,749          4,685          1,199          3,430         3,178
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest expense:
  General and administrative ..............................       17,906         16,818         15,732         15,191        14,173
  Expenses on real estate owned, net ......................          318            540            526          1,572           807
  Recovery (Provision) for deposits at Nationar ...........         (660)           660           --             --            --
  Conversion expenses .....................................         --            2,222           --             --            --
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expense ............................       17,564         20,240         16,258         16,763        14,980
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and cumulative
  effect of changes in accounting principles ..............       12,526          5,756          7,766          7,719         8,245
Income tax provision ......................................        5,811          2,470          3,331          3,114         4,749
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before cumulative effect of changes
  in accounting principles ................................        6,715          3,286          4,435          4,605         3,496
Net cumulative effect of change in
    accounting principle ..................................         --             --             --              718          --
                                                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net income ............................................    $   6,715      $   3,286      $   4,435      $   5,323     $   3,496
====================================================================================================================================
Earnings per share(2) .....................................    $    0.84      Not meaningful      --             --            --
Dividends declared per share ..............................    $    0.08           --             --             --            --
</TABLE>


                                               (Footnotes on the following page)



                                                                               5
<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation
Selected Financial Data


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
At and for the years ended December 31,                           1996           1995           1994           1993          1992
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>      
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data
Performance ratios:
  Return on average assets(3)(4) ..........................         0.89%          0.53%          0.70%          0.76%         0.59%
  Return on average equity(3) .............................         4.90           6.08          10.66          11.05          9.92
  Average equity to average assets(4) .....................        18.17           8.70           6.56           6.86          5.98
  Equity to total assets ..................................        17.19          19.95           6.78           7.37          6.33
  Interest rate spread during period ......................         3.29           3.51           3.82           3.95          3.97
  Net interest margin(4) ..................................         4.01           3.74           3.90           4.10          4.12
  Non-interest expense to average assets(4) ...............         2.33           3.26           2.56           2.76          2.54
  General and administrative expense to
    average assets(4) .....................................         2.38           2.71           2.48           2.50          2.41
  Efficiency ratio ........................................        58.33          64.69          65.48          62.05         61.03
  Average interest-earning assets to average
    interest-bearing liabilities(4) .......................        1.20x          1.06x          1.03x          1.04x         1.03x

Regulatory capital ratios(5):
  Tangible capital ........................................        12.67%         14.85%          7.87%          7.37%         6.33%
  Core capital ............................................        12.67          14.85           7.87           7.37          6.33
  Total risk-based capital ................................        27.43          30.48          17.01          13.93         12.61

Asset quality ratios:
  Non-performing loans to gross loans(6) ..................         0.62%          1.74%          2.05%          4.47%         7.39%
  Non-performing assets to total assets(7) ................         0.47           0.97           1.48           3.16          5.16
  Net charge-offs to average loans(4) .....................         0.09           0.21           0.24           0.47          0.47
  Allowance for loan losses to gross loans ................         1.39           1.85           2.07           2.19          1.51
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing assets(7) ..............................       149.94          77.52          61.17          29.41         14.81
  Allowance for loan losses to total
    non-performing loans(6) ...............................       225.79         106.61         101.11          48.94         20.49

Full-service customer facilities ..........................            7              7              7              7             7
</TABLE>


Market Price of Common Stock

Flushing Financial Corporation Common Stock is traded on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "FFIC". As of December 31, 1996, the Company had
approximately 1,079 shareholders of record, not including the number of persons
or entities holding stock in nominee or street name through various brokers and
banks. At December 31, 1996, the last trading date in 1996 for Nasdaq, the
Company's stock closed at $18.125. The following table shows the high and low
closing sales price of the Common Stock during the period indicated. The Common
Stock began trading November 21, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        1996                                      1995
                                                          --------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                            High                   Low                  High                   Low
                                                          ==========================================================================
<S>                                                       <C>                   <C>                   <C>                   <C>
First Quarter ..............................              $15.6250              $14.3750                    NA                    NA
Second Quarter .............................               17.2500               14.7500                    NA                    NA
Third Quarter ..............................               18.8750               16.2500                    NA                    NA
Fourth Quarter .............................               19.0000               17.6250              $15.3750              $14.1250
</TABLE>


(1)  Calculated by dividing net equity of $133.3 million and $141.3 million at
     December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively, by 8,250,497 and 8,625,000 shares
     outstanding at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

(2)  The Company completed its initial public offering on November 21, 1995.
     Earnings of the Company from the period November 21, 1995 through December
     31, 1995 year end were $655,000 which, based on 7,935,552 weighted average
     shares outstanding for the same period, equals to $0.08 per share. The
     shares held in the Company's Employee Benefit Trust are not included in
     shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per shares. The
     weighted average shares outstanding for the year ended December 31, 1996
     was 8,009,189.

(3)  Fiscal year 1993 reflects income before cumulative effects of changes in
     accounting principles.

(4)  Average balances for 1992 are derived from month-end balances. Average
     balances for 1993, 1994, 1995 and 1996 are derived from daily balances.
     Management does not believe this produces a materially different result.

(5)  The Bank exceeded all minimum regulatory capital requirements during the
     periods presented.

(6)  Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans and loans delinquent 90
     days or more that are still accruing.

(7)  Non-performing assets consists of non-performing loans and real estate
     owned.



6

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations

General

Flushing Financial Corporation ("Holding Company") is the parent holding company
for Flushing Savings Bank, FSB ("Bank"), a federally chartered stock savings
bank. On November 21, 1995, the Bank completed its Conversion ("Conversion")
from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock
savings bank. The following discussion of financial condition and results of
operations include the collective results of the Holding Company and the Bank
(collectively the "Company"), but reflects principally the Bank's activities.
Unless otherwise indicated, for periods prior to November 21, 1995, the date the
Holding Company acquired the Bank, reference to the Company reflects only the
Bank's activities.

The Company's principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from
operations, primarily in (i) originations and purchases of one-to-four family
residential mortgage loans, multi-family income-producing property loans and
commercial real estate loans; (ii) mortgage loan surrogates such as
mortgage-backed securities and; (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser extent, the Company originates co-operative apartment loans,
construction and consumer loans.

The Company's results of operations depend primarily on net interest income,
which is the difference between the interest income earned on its loan and
securities portfolios and its cost of funds, consisting primarily of interest
paid on deposit accounts and borrowed funds. Net interest income is determined
by the Company's interest rate spread, which is the difference between the
average yield earned on interest-earning assets and the average cost of
interest-bearing liabilities, and the average balance of interest-earning assets
compared to the average balance of interest-bearing liabilities. The Company
also generates non-interest income from loan fees, service charges on deposit
accounts, mortgage servicing fees, prepayment penalties, late charges and other
fees and net gains and losses on sales of securities and loans. The Company's
operating expenses consist principally of employee compensation and benefits,
occupancy and equipment costs, federal deposit insurance premiums, other general
and administrative expenses and income tax expense. The Company's results of
operations also can be significantly affected by its periodic provision for loan
losses and specific provision for losses on real estate owned ("REO"). Such
results also are significantly affected by general economic and competitive
conditions, including changes in market interest rates, the strength of the
local economy, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.

Statements contained in this Annual Report relating to plans, strategies,
objectives, economic performance and trends and other statements that are not
descriptions of historical facts may be forward-looking statements within the
meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Forward looking information is inherently
subject to risks and uncertainties, and actual results could differ materially
from those currently anticipated due to a number of factors, which include, but
are not limited to, the factors set forth in the preceding paragraph, and under
captions "Management Strategy", "Comparison of Operating Results for the Years
Ended December 31, 1995 and 1996", "Comparison of Operating Results for the
Years Ended December 31, 1994 and 1995" and "Other Trends and Contingencies"
below, and elsewhere in this Annual Report and in other documents filed by the
Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission from time to time. The
Company has no obligations to update these forward-looking statements.

Flushing Savings Bank, FSB

The Bank was organized in 1929 as a New York State chartered mutual savings
bank. On May 10, 1994, the Bank converted to a federally chartered mutual
savings bank and changed its name from Flushing Savings Bank to Flushing Savings
Bank, FSB. As a federal savings bank, the Bank's primary regulator is the Office
of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). The Bank's deposits are insured to the maximum
allowable amount by the Bank Insurance Fund ("BIF"), which is administered by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC").



                                                                               7

<PAGE>



Management Strategy

Management's strategy is to continue the Bank's focus as a consumer-oriented
institution serving its local markets. In further ance of this objective, the
Company intends to (1) continue its primary emphasis on one-to-four family
residential mortgage lending while continuing to increase its emphasis on the
origination of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, (2) seek to
maintain asset quality, (3) seek to manage deposit growth and maintain low cost
of funds, and (4) seek to manage interest rate risk. The Company has in the past
increased growth through acquisitions of branches of other financial
institutions, and will pursue growth through acquisitions that are accretive to
earnings. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to effectively
implement this strategy. The Company's strategy is subject to change by the
Board of Directors.

One-to-Four Family, Multi-Family and Commercial Real Estate Lending. Although
the Company has traditionally emphasized the origination and acquisition of
one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, which include adjustable rate
mortgage ("ARM") loans, fixed rate mortgage loans and home equity loans, it has
also originated substantial volumes of multi-family and commercial real estate
loans. The Company's strategy contemplates an increased emphasis on multi-family
and commercial real estate loans, but the Company expects that one-to-four
family residential mortgage loans will continue to account for the largest
volume of new loans. At December 31, 1996, the Company's one-to-four family
residential mortgage loans, multi-family real estate loans and commercial real
estate loans amounted to $236.5 million (60.68%), $104.9 million (26.91%) and
$46.7 million (11.98%), respectively, of gross loans.

The Company seeks to increase its originations of one-to-four family,
multi-family and commercial real estate loans through more aggressive marketing
and by maintaining competitive interest rates and origination fees. The
Company's increased marketing efforts include advertising in its local markets
and increased contacts with mortgage brokers and other professionals who may
serve as referral sources. Since 1994, the Company has expanded its relationship
with mortgage bankers who originate one-to-four family mortgage loans in the New
York metropolitan area that are then purchased by the Company. Purchases of such
loans increased from $18.8 million during 1995 to $39.9 million during 1996.

Fully underwritten one-to-four family residential mortgage loans generally are
considered by the banking industry to have less risk than other types of loans.
Multi-family income-producing real estate loans and commercial real estate loans
generally have higher yields than one-to-four family loans and shorter terms to
maturity, but typically involve higher principal amounts and generally expose
the lender to a greater risk of credit loss than one-to-four family residential
mortgage loans. The Company's increased emphasis on multi-family and commercial
real estate loans can be expected to increase the overall level of credit risk
inherent in the Company's loan portfolio. The greater risk associated with
multi-family and commercial real estate loans may require the Company to
increase its provisions for loan losses and to maintain an allowance for loan
losses as a percentage of total loans in excess of the allowance currently
maintained by the Company.

Maintain Asset Quality. By adherence to its strict underwriting standards and
aggressive charge-offs of possible losses from impaired loans, the Company has
continued to strengthen its loan portfolio, as evidenced by the increase in the
Company's ratio of allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans from
106.61% at December 31, 1995 to 225.79% at December 31, 1996. The Company seeks
to maintain its loans in performing status through, among other things, strict
collection efforts and consistent monitoring of non-performing assets. To this
end, the Company has created an internal loan review committee to review the
quality of loans and report to the Loan Committee of the Board of Directors of
the Bank on a monthly basis. From time to time, the Company has and may continue
to make sales of non-performing assets. At December 31, 1996 non-performing
assets totaled $3.6 million, a decline of $3.3 million from $6.9 million at
December 31, 1995. Total non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets
has consistently declined from 5.16% at December 31, 1992, to 0.97% at December
31, 1995, and to 0.47% at December 31, 1996.

Managing Deposit Growth and Maintaining Low Cost of Funds. The Company has a
relatively stable retail deposit base drawn from its market area through its
seven full service offices. Although the Company seeks to retain existing
deposits and maintain depositor relationships by offering quality service and
competitive interest rates to its customers, the Company seeks to keep deposit
growth within reasonable limits. During the low interest rate environment in
1995 and 1996, the Bank has experienced a shift by depositors from low cost
savings, NOW and money market accounts to higher cost cer tificates of deposit
accounts. It is management's intention to balance its goal to remain competitive
in interest rates on deposits while seeking to manage its cost of funds to fund
its strategies. Historically, the Company has relied on its deposit base as its
principal source of funding. In May 1994, the Bank became a member of the
Federal Home Loan Bank of New York ("FHLB-NY"), which provides it with an
additional source of low cost borrowing.



8

<PAGE>



Managing Interest Rate Risk. The Company seeks to reduce its exposure to
interest rate risk by increasing the interest rate sensitivity of its assets.
The mix of loans originated by the Company (fixed-rate or ARM) is determined in
large part by borrowers' preferences, and the proportion of loans originated as
fixed-rate loans may increase should interest rates decline. The Company seeks
to adjust the interest rate sensitivity of its assets by retaining ARM loans it
originates, purchasing additional ARM loans or adjustable-rate mortgage-backed
securities and fixed-rate mortgage-backed securities with remaining estimated
lives of less than five years. In order to maintain flexibility in managing the
Company's interest rate sensitive assets, substantially all of the fixed-rate
residential mortgage loans originated by the Company since 1990 were made in
conformance with Federal National Mortgage Association ("FNMA") requirements to
facilitate sale in the secondary market. The Bank's current policy is to
securitize or sell all of its newly originated, conforming fixed-rate 30-year
residential mortgage loans and to hold the Bank's fixed-rate 15-year residential
mortgage loans in portfolio. The Bank did not originate any 30-year fixed-rate
residential mortgage loans in 1996.

Prevailing interest rates also affect the extent to which borrowers repay and
refinance loans. In a declining interest rate environment, the number of loan
payments and loan refinancings to lower than original interest rates may
increase, as well as prepayments of mortgage-backed securities. Call provisions
associated with the Company's investment in U.S. government agency and corporate
securities may also adversely affect yield in a declining interest rate
environment. Such prepayments and calls may adversely affect the yield of the
Company's loan, mortgage-backed and other securities as the Company will have to
reinvest the prepaid funds in a lower interest rate environment. However, the
Company typically receives additional loan fees when existing loans are
refinanced, which partially offset reduced yield on the Company's loan portfolio
resulting from prepayments. In periods of low interest rates, the Company's
level of core deposits also may decline if depositors seek higher yielding
instruments or other investments not offered by the Company, which in turn may
increase the Company's cost of funds and decrease its net interest margin to the
extent alternative funding sources are utilized.

Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

A financial institution's exposure to the risks of changing interest rates may
be analyzed, in part, by examining the extent to which its assets and
liabilities are "interest rate sensitive" and by monitoring the institution's
interest rate sensitivity "gap". An asset or liability is said to be interest
rate sensitive within a specific time period if it will mature or reprice within
that time period. The interest rate sensitivity gap is defined as the difference
between the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing within a
specific time period and the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing or
repricing within that time period. A gap is considered positive when the amount
of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing exceeds the amount of
interest-bearing liabilities maturing or repricing within the same period. A gap
is considered negative when the amount of interest-bearing liabilities maturing
or repricing exceeds the amount of interest-earning assets maturing or repricing
within the same period. Accordingly, a positive gap may enhance net interest
income in a rising rate environment and reduce net interest income in a falling
rate environment. Conversely, a negative gap may enhance net interest income in
a falling rate environment and reduce net interest income in a rising rate
environment.

The table on the following page sets forth the amounts of interest-earning
assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at December 31, 1996 which
are anticipated by the Company, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or
mature in each of the future time periods shown. Except as stated below, the
amount of assets and liabilities shown which reprice or mature during a
particular period was determined in accordance with the earlier of the term to
repricing or the contractual terms of the asset or liability. Prepayment
assumptions based on recent historical experience of 22% per annum were applied
to mortgage-backed securities. NOW accounts, Passbook accounts and Money Market
accounts were assumed to have a withdrawal or "run-off" rate of 1%, 3% and 9%,
respectively, based on recent historical experience. Management believes that
these assumptions are indicative of actual prepayments and withdrawals
experienced by the Company.



                                                                               9

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Interest Rate Sensitivity Gap Analysis At December 31, 1996
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                      More than   More than    More than
                                                                      One Year   Three Years   Five Years
                                            Six Months  Six Months    to Three     to Five       to Ten     More than
                                             and Less   to One Year     Years        Years        Years     Ten Years       Total
===================================================================================================================================
Interest-Earning Assets                                                  (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>      
Mortgage loans(1) ......................... $  20,986    $  50,588    $  97,711    $ 111,678    $  53,808    $  50,943    $ 385,714
Other loans(1) ............................       151          370          859          250           14         --          1,644
Short-term securities(2) ..................    27,465         --           --           --           --           --         27,465
Securities available for sale:
  Mortgage-backed securities(3) ...........    15,515       38,500       34,078       29,511       18,675        4,759      141,038
  Other(3) ................................     4,242        2,678       16,859       33,757      122,641       10,680      190,857
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-earning assets .........    68,359       92,136      149,507      175,196      195,138       66,382      746,718
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Passbook accounts .........................     3,145        3,145       12,021       11,310       25,437      154,632      209,690
NOW accounts ..............................       107          107          422          414        1,000       19,358       21,408
Money market accounts .....................     1,133        1,133        3,939        3,262        5,908        9,805       25,180
Certificate of deposit accounts ...........   150,716       63,759       75,839       24,169         --           --        314,483
Mortgagors' escrow deposits ...............      --           --           --           --           --          3,425        3,425
Borrowed funds ............................    25,000         --         26,000         --           --           --         51,000
Other interest-bearing liabilities ........      --           --            298         --           --           --            298
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities(4) . $ 180,101    $  68,144    $ 118,519    $  39,155    $  32,345    $ 187,220    $ 625,484
                                            ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest rate sensitivity gap ............. $(111,742)   $  23,992    $  30,988    $ 136,041    $ 162,793    $(120,838)   $ 121,234
Cumulative interest-rate sensitivity gap .. $(111,742)   $ (87,750)   $ (56,762)   $  79,279    $ 242,072    $ 121,234    $ 121,234
Cumulative interest-rate sensitivity gap
  as a percentage of total assets(5) ......    (14.41)%     (11.32)%      (7.32)%      10.23%       31.22%       15.64%       15.64%
Cumulative net interest-earning
  assets as a percentage of
  interest-bearing liabilities ............     37.96%       64.65%       84.52%      119.53%      155.23%      119.38%      119.38%
</TABLE>

(1)  For purposes of the gap analysis, gross mortgage and other loans are
     reduced for non-performing loans.

(2)  Consists of interest-earning deposits.

(3)  Securities available for sale are presented at their amortized cost.

(4)  Does not include non-interest-bearing demand accounts totaling $10.3
     million at December 31, 1996.

(5)  The Company's one year cumulative gap ratio declined from +0.18% at
     December 31, 1995 to -11.32% at December 31, 1996. This decline reflects an
     increase of $25.0 million in borrowings due within 6 months and a decline
     in mortgage-backed securities repricing within one year. This decline is
     partially offset by lower historical runoff rates for NOW, Passbook and
     Money Market accounts experienced by the Bank.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the
foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have
similar estimated maturities or periods to repricing, they may react in
differing degrees to changes in market interest rates and may bear rates that
differ in varying degrees from the rates that would apply upon maturity and
reinvestment or upon repricing. Also, the interest rates on certain types of
assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest
rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in market
rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as ARM loans, have features that
restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of
the asset. Further, in the event of a significant change in the level of
interest rates, prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities, and deposit
withdrawal or "run-off" levels, would likely deviate materially from those
assumed in calculating the above table. In the event of an interest rate
increase, some borrowers may be unable to meet the increased payments on their
adjustable-rate debt. The interest rate sensitivity analysis assumes that the
nature of the Company's assets and liabilities remains static. Interest rates
may have an effect on customer preferences for deposits and loan products.
Finally, the maturity and repricing characteristics of many assets and
liabilities as set forth in the above table are not governed by contract but
rather by management's best judgment based on current market conditions and
anticipated business strategies.

Analysis of Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between income on interest-earning
assets and expense on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends
upon the relative amount of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing
liabilities and the interest rate earned or paid on them.



10

<PAGE>



The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company's
consolidated statements of financial condition and the consolidated statements
of operations for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, and reflects
the average yield on assets and average cost of liabilities for the periods
indicated. Such yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by
the average balance of assets or liabilities, respectively, for the periods
shown. Average balances are derived from average daily balances. The yields
include amortization of fees which are considered adjustments to yields.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                  1996                         1995                           1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          Average                        Average                            Average
                                      Average              Yield/   Average               Yield/   Average                   Yield/
                                      Balance   Interest    Cost    Balance  Interest      Cost    Balance    Interest        Cost
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                  <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>      <C>           <C>    <C>        <C>               <C>  
Assets
Interest-earning assets:
  Mortgage loans, net(1)(2)(3)  ..   $324,427   $ 28,940    8.92%   $261,738 $ 24,209      9.25%  $248,913   $ 22,834          9.17%
  Other loans, net(1)(2) .........      1,997        221   11.07       2,774      277      9.99      3,808        373          9.80
  Mortgage-backed securities(7) ..    160,371     10,422    6.50     180,178   11,603      6.44    177,205      9,693          5.47
  Other securities(7) ............    215,772     14,698    6.81     119,343    7,507      6.29    124,841      7,847          6.29
  Interest-earning deposits
    and federal funds sold .......     14,414        780    5.41      19,344    1,110      5.74     36,513      1,764          4.83
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-earning assets ....    716,981     55,061    7.68     583,377   44,706      7.66    591,280     42,511          7.19
                                                ----------------             ------------------              -----------------------
Non-interest-earning assets ......     36,736                         37,934                        42,914
                                     --------                       --------                      --------
      Total assets ...............   $753,717                       $621,311                      $634,194
                                     ========                       ========                      ========
Liabilities and Equity
Interest-bearing liabilities:
  Deposits:
    Passbook accounts ............   $214,843      6,142    2.86    $227,740    6,475      2.84   $277,249      7,902          2.85
    NOW accounts .................     19,483        370    1.90      18,520      349      1.88     19,163        363          1.89
    Money market accounts ........     26,470        741    2.80      31,145      869      2.79     42,026      1,155          2.75
    Certificate of deposit
      accounts ...................    296,867     16,848    5.68     260,462   14,597      5.60    204,399      8,971          4.39
    Subscription deposits ........       --         --      --         4,261      118      2.77     28,265        862          3.05
    Mortgagors' escrow
      deposits ...................      4,292         63    1.47       4,136       57      1.38      4,008         50          1.25
Securities sold with the
  agreement to repurchase ........       --         --      --           395       25      6.33        260         14          5.38
Other borrowed funds .............     36,396      2,099    5.77       4,767      337      7.07        247         18          7.29
Other interest-bearing liabilities        457         39    8.53         757       72      9.51      1,144        105          9.18
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total interest-bearing liabilities    598,808     26,302    4.39     552,183   22,899      4.15    576,761     19,440          3.37
                                                ----------------             ------------------              -----------------------
Other liabilities(4) .............     17,975                         15,087                        15,842
                                     --------                       --------                      --------
      Total liabilities ..........    616,783                        567,270                       592,603
Equity ...........................    136,934                         54,041                        41,591
                                     --------                       --------                      --------
      Total liabilities
        and equity ...............   $753,717                       $621,311                      $634,194
                                     ========                       ========                      ========
Net interest income/net interest
  rate spread(5) .................               $28,759    3.29%             $21,807      3.51%             $ 23,071          3.82%
                                                ================             ==================              =======================
Net interest-earning assets/net
  interest margin(6)(7) ..........   $118,173               4.01%    $31,194               3.74%  $ 14,519                     3.90%
                                     ========               ================               ===============                     ====
Ratio of interest-earning assets
  to interest-bearing liabilities                           1.20x                          1.06x                               1.03x
                                                            ====                           ====                                ==== 
</TABLE>


(1)  Average balances include non-accrual loans.

(2)  Loan interest income includes loan fee income of approximately $1.0
     million, $784,000 and $1.0 million for the years ended December 31, 1996,
     1995 and 1994, respectively.

(3)  Includes for 1995 a $371,000 non-recurring interest payment related to one
     loan sold in a prior period. Had this payment not been made, average yield
     on mortgage loans for 1995 would have been 9.11%.

(4)  Includes non-interest-bearing demand deposit accounts.

(5)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the average rate on
     interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing
     liabilities.

(6)  Net interest margin represents net interest income before the provision for
     loan losses divided by average interest-earning assets.

(7)  Includes both securities available for sale and securities held to maturity
     in 1994.



                                                                              11

<PAGE>



Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table presents the impact of changes in interest rates and in the
volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on the
Company's interest income and interest expense during the periods indicated.
Information is provided in each category with respect to (i) changes
attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior
rate), (ii) changes attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied
by the prior volume) and (iii) the net change. The changes attributable to the
combined impact of volume and rate have been allocated proportionately to the
changes due to volume and the changes due to rate.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Year Ended December 31, 1996       Year Ended December 31, 1995
                                                                 Compared to Year Ended             Compared to Year Ended
                                                                    December 31, 1995                  December 31, 1994
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Due to                              Due to
                                                              ---------------------                --------------------
                                                                Volume       Rate        Net        Volume       Rate        Net
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                      (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                            <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Interest-Earning Assets
Mortgage loans, net ........................................   $  5,799    $ (1,068)   $  4,731    $  1,176    $    199    $  1,375
Other loans ................................................        (78)         22         (56)       (101)          5         (96)
Mortgage-backed securities .................................     (1,276)         95      (1,181)        163       1,747       1,910
Interest-earning deposits and federal funds sold ...........       (283)        (47)       (330)       (829)        175        (654)
Other securities ...........................................      6,065       1,126       7,191        (346)          6        (340)
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-earning assets ..........................     10,227         128      10,355          63       2,132       2,195
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Deposits:
  Passbook accounts ........................................       (333)       --          (333)     (1,427)       --        (1,427)
  NOW accounts .............................................         21        --            21         (14)       --           (14)
  Money market accounts ....................................       (128)       --          (128)       (299)         13        (286)
  Certificate of deposit accounts ..........................      2,039         212       2,251       2,461       3,165       5,626
  Subscription deposits ....................................       (118)       --          (118)       (744)       --          (744)
  Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..............................          6        --             6           2           5           7
Securities sold with the agreement to repurchase ...........       --          --          --             9           2          11
Other borrowed funds .......................................      2,211        (474)      1,737         319        --           319
Other interest-bearing liabilities .........................        (33)       --           (33)        (36)          3         (33)
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest-bearing liabilities .....................      3,665        (262)      3,403         271       3,188       3,459
                                                              ---------------------------------------------------------------------
Net change in net interest income ..........................   $  6,562    $    390    $  6,952    $   (208)   $ (1,056)   $ (1,264)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1996 and 1995

General. Net income increased $3.4 million from $3.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The
increase is due primarily to an increase of $7.0 million, or 31.88%, in net
interest income less related tax effect.

Interest Income. Interest income increased $10.4 million, or 23.16%, to $55.1
million for the year ended December 31, 1996 from $44.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995. This increase was primarily due to an additional $4.7
million in interest and fee income on loans and an additional $6.0 million in
interest and dividend income on securities during 1996 as compared to 1995. The
increase in interest income from loans and securities was the result of higher
average balances in mortgage loans and investment securities. The average
balance of mortgage loans increased 23.95%, or $62.7 million from $261.7 million
for 1995 to $324.4 million for 1996. The average balance of investment
securities increased $76.6 million from $299.5 million for 1995 to $376.1
million for 1996. The increase in interest income on loans and securities was
offset in part by a $330,000 decline in other interest income due to a $4.9
million decline in the average balance of federal funds sold and overnight
interest-earning deposits from $19.3 million for 1995 to $14.4 million for 1996.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $3.4 million, or 14.86%, from $22.9
million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $26.3 million for the year ended
December 31, 1996. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to shifts
in



12

<PAGE>



deposits from lower cost passbook and money market accounts to higher cost
certificate of deposit accounts, and increased usage of borrowed funds. The
average balances of certificates of deposit accounts increased $36.4 million
from $260.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 to $296.9 million for
the year ended December 31, 1996, while the average balances of passbook and
money market accounts declined $12.9 million and $4.7 million, respectively,
from 1995 as compared to 1996. The Bank also increased usage of FHLB-NY advances
during 1996 as an alternative source of low cost funding to leverage its highly
capitalized balance sheet. As a result, average balances for borrowed funds
increased $31.3 million from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995
to $36.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1996.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $28.8 million, a $7.0 million increase from 1995 net interest income of
$21.8 million. This increase occurred primarily as a result of the $10.4 million
increase in interest income, offset in part by the $3.4 million increase in
interest expense. The net interest margin increased 27 basis points from 3.74%
for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 4.01% for the year ended December 31,
1996. However, as a result of declining interest rates on mortgage loans,
increasing interest rates on deposits due to the shift in deposit mix, and
increased utilization of borrowed funds, the interest rate spread decreased 22
basis points from 3.51% for the year ended December 31, 1995 to 3.29% for the
year ended December 31, 1996.

Provision for Loan Losses. Provision for loan losses for the year ended December
31, 1996 was $418,000 as compared to $496,000 for the year ended December 31,
1995. In assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses,
management considers the Company's historical loss experience, recent trends in
losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of
non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the gross loan
portfolio, which increased $103.0 million, or 35.92%, from $286.8 million at
December 31, 1995, and local and national economic conditions. As a result of
sales of non-performing loans which reduced the total volume of non-performing
loans held by the Company, the ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans
improved from 1.74% at December 31, 1995 to 0.62% at December 31, 1996. As a
result of the reduction in the overall level of non-performing loans, the
Company's allowance for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans
increased from 106.61% at December 31, 1995 to 225.79% at December 31, 1996. The
ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans was 1.39% and 1.85% at
December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $1.7 million, a decrease of $2.9 million from 1995 levels. The decrease
was primarily attributable to certain one time items recorded during the 1995
period consisting of amortization of deferred gains from the sale of real estate
amounting to $2.8 million and the receipt of a $387,000 refund of New York State
gains tax.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $17.6 million, representing a decrease of $2.7 million from the year
ended December 31, 1995. This decrease was primarily due to the nonrecurrence of
a one-time write-off in 1995 of $2.2 million of deferred costs that were
incurred in connection with the Conversion through March 31, 1995, and the
recovery in 1996 of $660,000 loss provision made in 1995 for $4.4 million in
demand deposits at Nationar, a New York State chartered trust company, which
were frozen by the Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York pending the
outcome of the Superintendent's liquidation of Nationar. The Company received
back all of its deposits in 1996 and the $660,000 loss provision was recovered.
The decline in non-interest expenses was also aided by an $822,000 decrease in
federal deposit insurance premium from $824,000 for the year ended December 31,
1995 to $2,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 as a result of a reduction
by the FDIC in assessment rate, and a $637,000 decrease in directors' pension
expense due to one time expenses incurred in 1995 related to the establishment
of the plan. The decreases in non-interest expense were offset in part by an
increase of $686,000 in salaries and employee benefits and additional expenses
associated with being a publicly held company and costs associated with a
proposed change in the Company's provider of data processing systems being
implemented as part of the Company's strategy to enhance its systems to improve
efficiencies.

Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1996
totaled $5.8 million, as compared to $2.5 million for the year ended December
31, 1995. This increase of $3.3 million, or 135.24%, was due to a 117.63%
increase in income before taxes from $5.8 million for the year ended December
31, 1995 to $12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The effective
tax rate for the year ended December 31, 1996 also increased to 46.39% from
42.92% for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase in effective tax
rates was partially the result of the repeal of favorable tax laws regarding
provision for loan losses during 1996.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 1995 and 1994

General. Net income decreased $1.1 million, or 25.92%, from $4.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 1994 to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1995. The decline was due primarily to a $1.3 million decrease in net interest
income.



                                                                              13

<PAGE>



Interest Income. Interest income increased $2.2 million, or 5.16%, for the year
ended December 31, 1995, from $42.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1994
to $44.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1995. This increase was
primarily due to an additional $1.3 million in interest and fee income on loans
and an additional $1.6 million in interest income on investment securities in
the year of 1995 as compared to the year of 1994. The increase in the interest
income from loans and securities was a result of higher average balances and
yields in mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities. The average balance of
mortgage loans increased 5.15%, or $12.8 million, from $248.9 million for the
year of 1994 to $261.7 million for the year of 1995, and the average yield on
mortgage loans increased eight basis points from 9.17% for the year of 1994 to
9.25% for the year of 1995. Mortgage-backed securities' average balances
increased $3.0 million from $177.2 million for the year of 1994 to $180.2
million for the year of 1995, and the average yield increased 97 basis points
from 5.47% for the year of 1994 to 6.44% for the year of 1995 as the adjustable
rate instruments repriced. The increase in interest income was offset in part by
a decline in other interest income of $654,000 from $1.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 1994 to $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 1995, as
the average balance in federal funds sold and overnight interest-bearing
deposits declined by $17.2 million from $36.5 million for the year of 1994 to
$19.3 million for the year of 1995.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $3.5 million, or 17.79%, from $19.4
million for the year ended December 31, 1994 to $22.9 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995. The increase in interest expense was due primarily to shifts
in deposits from lower cost passbook and money market accounts to higher cost
certificate of deposit accounts. The average balances of certificates of deposit
accounts increased $56.1 million from $204.4 million for the year of 1994 to
$260.5 million for the year of 1995, while the average balances of passbook and
money market accounts declined $49.5 million and $10.9 million, respectively,
from the year of 1994 as compared to the year of 1995. The shift was due largely
to increases in prevailing rates paid on six- to thirty-month certificates of
deposit in the Bank's market area.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995
totaled $21.8 million, a $1.3 million decrease from 1994 net interest income of
$23.1 million. This decrease occurred primarily as a result of a $3.5 million
increase in interest expense, offset in part by $2.2 million increase in
interest income. The net interest spread decreased from 3.82% for the year of
1994 to 3.51% for the year of 1995.

Provisions for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses for the year ended
December 31, 1995 was $496,000, compared to $246,000 for the year ended December
31, 1994. In assessing the adequacy of the Company's allowance for loan losses,
management considers the Company's historical loss experience, recent trends in
losses, collection policies and collection experience, trends in the volume of
non-performing loans, changes in the composition and volume of the loan
portfolio which increased $28.0 million from $257.5 million at December 31,
1994, and local and national economic conditions. As a result of sales on
non-performing loans which reduced the total volume of non-performing loans held
by the Company, the ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans improved from
2.05% at December 31, 1994 to 1.74% at December 31, 1995. As a result of the
reduction in the overall level of non-performing loans, the Company's allowance
for loan losses as a percentage of non-performing loans increased from 101.11%
at December 31, 1994 to 106.61% at December 31, 1995.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income for the year ended December 31, 1995
totaled $4.7 million, an increase of $3.5 million, or 290.61%, over the prior
year total of $1.2 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the
amortization of deferred gains from the sale of real estate amounting to $2.8
million and the receipt of a $387,000 refund of New York State gains tax.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense for the year ended December 31, 1995
totaled $20.2 million, representing an increase of $3.9 million, or 24.50%, over
1994 expenses of $16.3 million. This increase was primarily due to a $2.2
million write-off of deferred costs that were incurred in connection with the
Conversion through March 31, 1995; the creation of a directors' pension plan in
1995 with an expense of $718,000; the expense of $310,000 for a profit sharing
plan established in 1995; and a $660,000 loss provision for demand deposits
placed at Nationar, a New York State chartered trust company. On February 6,
1995, the Superintendent of Banks of the State of New York took possession of
Nationar under the New York Banking Law due to its alleged unsafe and unsound
condition. The Bank and its subsidiary had demand deposits at Nationar totaling
$4.4 million that were frozen pending the outcome of the liquidation of
Nationar. The increase in non-interest expense also reflects a $306,000 decline
in gains on sale of real estate owned. The increase in non-interest expense was
partially offset by a decline in federal deposit insurance premiums of $449,000,
or 35.30%, as a result of a reduction in 1995 by the FDIC in the assessment rate
applicable to banks whose deposits are insured by the BIF.

Income Tax Provisions. Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 1995
totaled $2.5 million compared to $3.3 million for the year ended December 31,
1994. This decrease of $861,000, or 25.84%, was due to a 25.89% decrease in
income before taxes from $7.8 million for the 1994 year to $5.8 million for the
1995 year. The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 1995 and
1994 were 42.92% and 42.89%, respectively.



14

<PAGE>



Liquidity, Regulatory Capital and Capital Resources

The Company's primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest
payments on loans, mortgage-backed and other securities, proceeds from sales of
securities and, to a lesser extent, proceeds from sales of loans. Deposit flows
and mortgage prepayments, however, are greatly influenced by general interest
rates, economic conditions and competition. The Bank also has an over-night line
of credit of approximately $30.7 million with the FHLB-NY. In total, as of
December 31, 1996, the Bank may borrow up to $220.2 million from the FHLB-NY in
Federal Home Loan advances and over-night lines of credit. As of December 31,
1996, the Bank had borrowed $51.0 million in FHLB advances to fund investment
opportunities.

Pursuant to OTS guidelines regarding liquidity requirements, the Bank is
required to maintain an average daily balance of liquid assets (cash, certain
time deposits, bankers' acceptances, specific U.S. government securities, state
or federal agency obligations, shares of certain mutual funds and certain
corporate debt securities and commercial paper) equal to a monthly average of
not less than a specified percentage of its net withdrawable deposit accounts
plus short-term borrowings. This liquidity requirement may be changed from time
to time by the OTS to any amount within the range of 4% to 10% depending upon
economic conditions and the savings flows of member institutions, and is
currently 5%. OTS regulations also require the maintenance of an average daily
balance of short-term liquid assets at a specified percentage (currently 1%) of
the total of net withdrawable deposit accounts and borrowings payable in one
year or less. Monetary penalties may be imposed by the OTS for failure to meet
these liquidity requirements. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Bank's
liquidity ratio, computed in accordance with the OTS requirement, was 10.91% and
20.73%, respectively. Unlike the Bank, the Holding Company is not subject to OTS
regulatory requirements on the maintenance of minimum levels of liquid assets.

The Company's most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents, which include
cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning
deposits with original maturities of 90 days or less. The level of these assets
is dependent on the Company's operating, financing, lending and investing
activities during any given period. At December 31, 1996, cash and cash
equivalents totaled $34.4 million, an increase of $15.1 million from December
31, 1995. The Company also held marketable securities available for sale with a
carrying value of $331.9 million at December 31, 1996.

At December 31, 1996, the Company had outstanding loan commitments of $16.4
million, open lines of credit for borrowers of $388,000 and commitments to
purchase mortgage loans of $24.3 million. The Company's total interest and
operating expenses in 1996 were $26.3 million and $17.6 million, respectively.
Certificates of deposit accounts which are scheduled to mature in one year or
less as of December 31, 1996 totaled $214.5 million.

From the year ended December 31, 1995 as compared to the year ended December 31,
1996, cash flow provided by operating activities increased $9.5 million due to
the increase in net interest income. This increase in operating cash flow helped
fund the growth in the Company's loan portfolio, as net funds used to originate
and purchase loans increased $75.7 million from $28.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 to $103.8 million for the year ended December 31, 1996. The
growth in loan funding was also aided by an increase of $71.4 million in
proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale. 

Cash flow from financing activities declined $38.6 million as growth in deposits
slowed from $44.3 million for the year of 1995 to $23.6 million for the year of
1996. The Company also used $12.2 million to finance repurchases of the
Company's common stock in 1996, and paid dividends totaling $623,000 during
1996. Also, 1995 included a one time receipt of $72.2 million from issuance of
common stock, net of expenses and depositor balances exchanged for common stock.
Additional financing for 1996 was provided by the addition of $51.0 million
FHLB-NY advance, borrowings. Total cash flow provided by financing activities
during 1996 was $62.8 million.

At the time of the Bank's conversion from a federally chartered mutual savings
bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank, the Bank was required by the
OTS to establish a liquidation account which will be reduced to the extent that
eligible account holders reduce their qualifying deposits. The balance of the
liquidation account at December 31, 1996 was $19.6 million. In the unlikely
event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder will
be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account. The Bank is
not permitted to declare or pay a dividend or to repurchase any of its capital
stock if the effect would be to cause the Bank's regulatory capital to be
reduced below the amount required for the liquidation account. Unlike the Bank,
the Holding Company is not subject to OTS regulatory restrictions on the
declaration or payment of dividends to its stockholders, although the source of
such dividends could depend upon dividend payments from the Bank. The Holding
Company is subject, however, to the requirements of Delaware law, which
generally limit dividends to an amount equal to the excess of its net assets
(the amount by which total assets exceed total liabilities) over its stated
capital or, if there is no such excess, to its net profits for the current
and/or immediately preceding fiscal year.



                                                                              15

<PAGE>



Regulatory Capital Position. Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required
to comply with each of three separate capital adequacy standards: tangible
capital, core capital and total risk-based capital. Such classifications are
used by the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies to determine matters ranging
from each institution's semi-annual FDIC deposit insurance premium assessments,
to approvals of applications authorizing institutions to grow their asset size
or otherwise expand business activities. At December 31, 1996 and 1995, the Bank
exceeded each of the three OTS capital requirements. (See Note 16 of the Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.)

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP"), which requires the
measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical
dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of
money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation affects the Company's
operating expenses, and, because inflation may result in an increase in
prevailing interest rates, inflation also may affect the Company's net interest
margin. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of
the Company are monetary in nature. As a result, inflation tends to have its
greatest effect on the Company's results of operations through its effect on
interest rates. However, interest rates are affected by other factors in
addition to the rate of inflation and do not necessarily move in the same
direction or to the same extent as the price of goods and services.

Impact of New Accounting Standards

FASB has issued SFAS 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial
Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities", effective for transfers and
servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring after
December 31, 1996. Earlier or retroactive application is not permitted. This
Statement provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and
servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities based on
consistent application of a financial-components approach that focuses on
control. Adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.

Other Trends and Contingencies

The Company's net interest rate spread declined 22 basis points from 3.51% for
the year ended December 31, 1995 to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 1996.
This decline was due primarily to a 24 basis point increase in costs of deposits
and borrowings, partially offset by a 2 basis point increase in average yield on
loans and other investments.

From December 31, 1995 through December 31, 1996, the Company experienced an
aggregate decline of $5.9 million in its passbook savings account deposits and
an aggregate increase of $30.2 million in certificate of deposit accounts as
depositors shifted assets from passbook accounts to certificates of deposit,
which pay a higher interest rate. This trend was also experienced in 1995, but
to a greater degree than 1996. Although, the Company has not raised the interest
rate offered on its passbook accounts, it has sought to maintain its
certificates of deposit at competitive rates. During 1996, the Company also
increased its utilization of FHLB-NY advances as an alternative source of
funding. Borrowed funds totaled $51.0 million at December 31, 1996 with an
average cost of 5.77% for the year of 1996 as compared to the average cost of
5.68% for certificates of deposit during 1996. There were no outstanding
borrowed funds at December 31, 1995. These trends contributed to the increase in
the Company's average cost of funds from 4.15% for the year ended December 31,
1995 to 4.39% for the year ended December 31, 1996. A continuation of these
trends could result in a further increase in the Company's cost of funds and a
narrowing of the Company's net interest margin.



16

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                           1996                1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                  <C>          
ASSETS
Cash and due from banks ..................................................................       $   7,472,155        $  11,883,639
Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits ...............................          26,953,000            7,438,000
Securities available for sale:
  Mortgage-backed securities .............................................................         141,038,177          179,300,164
  Other securities .......................................................................         190,856,985          202,147,039
Loans ....................................................................................         388,217,450          285,436,321
  Less: Allowance for loans losses .......................................................          (5,436,832)          (5,309,859)
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Net loans ............................................................................         382,780,618          280,126,462
Interest and dividends receivable ........................................................           6,896,504            5,879,501
Real estate owned, net ...................................................................           1,218,296            1,869,431
Bank premises and equipment, net .........................................................           5,796,166            6,114,033
Other assets .............................................................................          12,330,603           13,626,246
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Total assets .........................................................................       $ 775,342,504        $ 708,384,515
                                                                                                 ==================================

LIABILITIES
Due to depositors:
  Non-interest bearing ...................................................................       $  10,292,645        $  10,372,448
  Interest-bearing .......................................................................         570,761,937          547,034,746
Mortgagors' escrow deposits ..............................................................           3,424,764            2,456,948
Borrowed funds ...........................................................................          51,000,000                 --
Other liabilities ........................................................................           6,582,114            7,190,167
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Total liabilities ....................................................................         642,061,460          567,054,309
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
Commitments and contingencies (Note 17)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Preferred stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares) ..........................                --                   --
Common stock, ($0.01 par value, authorized 20,000,000 shares; 8,910,100 shares
  issued; 8,250,497 and 8,625,000 shares outstanding
  at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively) ...........................................              89,101               86,250
Additional paid-in capital ...............................................................         101,277,592           96,514,628
Treasury stock, at average cost (659,603 shares at December 31, 1996) ....................         (12,065,068)                --
Unearned compensation ....................................................................         (11,660,140)          (7,680,850)
Retained earnings ........................................................................          56,869,884           50,777,543
Net unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale, net of taxes ................          (1,230,325)           1,632,635
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Total stockholders' equity ...........................................................         133,281,044          141,330,206
                                                                                                 ----------------------------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity ...........................................       $ 775,342,504        $ 708,384,515
                                                                                                 ==================================
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



                                                                              17

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income*


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                  1996                 1995                 1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                  <C>                  <C>         
Interest and dividend income
Interest and fees on loans ..........................................        $ 29,161,455         $ 24,485,869         $ 23,207,204
Interest and dividends on securities:
  Taxable interest ..................................................          24,707,890           18,573,668           16,931,545
  Tax-exempt interest ...............................................              63,205              106,322              152,511
  Dividends .........................................................             347,759              429,674              455,805
Other interest income ...............................................             780,400            1,110,034            1,763,750
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest and dividend income ..............................          55,060,709           44,705,567           42,510,815
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Interest expense
Deposits ............................................................          24,163,442           22,465,268           19,303,442
Other interest expense ..............................................           2,137,904              433,092              136,786
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Total interest expense ..........................................          26,301,346           22,898,360           19,440,228
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income .............................................          28,759,363           21,807,207           23,070,587
Provision for loan losses ...........................................             417,680              495,942              246,176
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Net interest income after provision for loan losses .............          28,341,683           21,311,265           22,824,411
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest income
Other fee income ....................................................             763,074              724,759              691,924
Net gain (loss) on sales of securities and loans ....................             126,254             (316,045)            (122,135)
Amortization of deferred gain from sale of real estate ..............                --              2,784,422                 --
New York State gains tax refund .....................................                --                386,981                 --
Other income ........................................................             859,827            1,104,399              629,483
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest income .......................................           1,749,155            4,684,516            1,199,272
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Non-interest expense
Salaries and employee benefits ......................................           8,214,530            7,528,091            6,895,600
Directors' pension expense ..........................................              80,811              717,877                 --
Occupancy and equipment .............................................           2,092,953            1,994,915            2,072,451
Professional services ...............................................           2,013,003            1,563,181            1,848,660
Federal deposit insurance premiums ..................................               2,000              823,713            1,273,143
Data processing .....................................................           1,465,022              995,642              943,684
Depreciation and amortization .......................................             955,846              737,665              666,515
Real estate owned expenses ..........................................             318,304              539,920              525,709
(Recovery) Provision for deposits at Nationar .......................            (660,096)             660,096                 --
Conversion expenses .................................................                --              2,221,832                 --
Other operating .....................................................           3,082,180            2,457,077            2,031,828
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expense ......................................          17,564,553           20,240,009           16,257,590
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes ..........................................          12,526,285            5,755,772            7,766,093
Provision for income taxes
Federal .............................................................           3,539,517            1,497,271            2,240,801
State and local .....................................................           2,271,373              972,879            1,090,047
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
    Total provision for income taxes ................................           5,810,890            2,470,150            3,330,848
                                                                             -------------------------------------------------------
Net income ..........................................................        $  6,715,395         $  3,285,622         $  4,435,245
                                                                             =======================================================

Net income per share ................................................        $       0.84         Not meaningful               --
Weighted average common shares and common stock
  equivalents outstanding ...........................................           8,009,189            7,935,552                 --
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



18

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                          1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>         
Common Stock
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................   $      86,250             --               --
Issuance of 8,625,000 shares on November 21, 1995 ...............................            --      $      86,250             --
Restricted stock awards of 285,100 shares .......................................           2,851             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $      89,101    $      86,250             --
                                                                                    ================================================

Additional Paid-In Capital
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................   $  96,514,628             --               --
Issuance of 8,625,000 shares on November 21, 1995,
  net of conversion costs of $2,658,413 .........................................            --      $  96,442,837             --
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust,
  20,658 and 22,100 shares for the year ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively ......................................         134,128           71,791             --
Restricted stock awards of 298,400 shares .......................................       4,628,836             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $ 101,277,592    $  96,514,628             --
                                                                                    ================================================

Treasury Stock
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................            --               --               --
Purchases of 667,653 common shares outstanding ..................................   $ (12,223,253)            --               --
Restricted stock award forfeitures, 5,250 shares ................................         (85,313)            --               --
Restricted stock award, 13,300 shares ...........................................         243,498             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $ (12,065,068)            --               --
                                                                                    ================================================

Unearned Compensations
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................   $  (7,680,850)            --               --
Purchase of 690,000 shares on November 21, 1995
  for Employee Benefit Trust ....................................................            --      $  (7,935,000)            --
Release of shares from Employee Benefit Trust,
  20,658 and 22,100 shares for the year ended
  December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively ......................................         237,583          254,150             --
Restricted stock awards of 298,400 shares .......................................      (4,875,185)            --               --
Restricted stock award forfeitures, 5,250 shares ................................          85,313             --               --
Accrued restricted stock award expense ..........................................         572,999             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $ (11,660,140)   $  (7,680,850)            --
                                                                                    ================================================

Retained Earnings
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................   $  50,777,543    $  47,491,921    $  43,056,676
Net income ......................................................................       6,715,395        3,285,622        4,435,245
Cash dividends declared and paid ................................................        (623,054)            --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $  56,869,884    $  50,777,543    $  47,491,921
                                                                                    ================================================

Net Unrealized (Loss) Gain on Securities Available
  for Sale, Net of Taxes
Balance, beginning of year ......................................................   $   1,632,635    $  (7,377,253)   $   2,288,190
Change in net (loss) gain, net of taxes of approximately 
  $(2,443,000), $7,899,000 and $(8,343,000) for the years
  ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively,
  on securities available for sale ..............................................      (2,862,960)       9,009,888       (9,665,443)
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Balance, end of year ........................................................   $  (1,230,325)   $   1,632,635    $  (7,377,253)
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity ......................................................   $ 133,281,044    $ 141,330,206    $  40,114,668
                                                                                    ================================================
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



                                                                              19

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                          1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>         
Operating Activities
Net income ......................................................................   $   6,715,395    $   3,285,622    $   4,435,245
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
  provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Provision for loan losses ...................................................         417,680          495,942          246,176
    Provision for losses on real estate owned ...................................         149,948          311,197          574,989
    (Recovery) Provision for deposits at Nationar ...............................        (660,096)         660,096             --
    Depreciation and amortization of bank premises and equipment ................         955,846          737,665          666,515
    Net (gain) loss on sales of securities and loans ............................        (126,254)         316,045          122,135
    Net gain on sales of real estate owned ......................................         (71,958)         (70,437)        (376,342)
    Amortization of unearned premium, net of
      accretion of unearned discount ............................................       1,187,865        1,815,108        2,880,239
    Amortization of deferred income .............................................        (933,277)        (646,718)        (864,513)
    Deferred income tax (benefit) provision .....................................         (42,000)        (461,113)       1,153,346
    Deferred compensation .......................................................         173,909           90,246           69,350
    Amortization of deferred gain from sale of real estate ......................            --         (2,784,422)            --
Origination of mortgage loans available for sale ................................            --           (626,000)     (13,339,562)
Proceeds from sales of loans available for sale .................................            --            633,264        3,150,664
Changes in operating assets and liabilities .....................................       4,444,271          (48,456)      (4,137,867)
Unearned compensation ...........................................................         944,710             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities .......................      13,156,039        3,708,039       (5,419,625)
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------

Investing Activities
Purchases of bank premises and equipment ........................................        (637,979)      (1,192,403)        (645,201)
Purchases of securities available for sale ......................................    (141,594,000)    (149,751,000)     (75,562,000)
Purchases of securities held to maturity ........................................            --        (20,147,000)     (42,901,000)
Proceeds from sales and calls of securities available for sale ..................     128,355,254       56,984,691       79,485,201
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments
  of securities available for sale ..............................................      55,431,385       15,603,325       35,560,364
Proceeds from calls of securities held to maturity ..............................            --            249,000          841,000
Proceeds from maturities and prepayments of
  securities held to maturity ...................................................            --         16,759,441       18,092,270
Net originations and repayments of loans ........................................     (63,964,857)      (9,348,510)       6,847,119
Purchases of loans ..............................................................     (39,873,000)     (18,766,000)      (4,717,000)
Proceeds from sales of real estate owned ........................................       1,461,777        1,727,974        5,368,652
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
      Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities .......................     (60,821,420)    (107,880,482)      22,369,405
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                                                       Continued



20

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                          1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>         
Financing Activities
Net (decrease) increase in non-interest bearing deposits ........................         (79,803)         369,577          122,893
Net increase (decrease) in interest-bearing deposits ............................      23,727,191       43,951,101      (29,420,937)
Net increase (decrease) in mortgagors' escrow deposits ..........................         967,816         (243,810)         (17,734)
Net (decrease) increase in securities sold with the
  agreement to repurchase .......................................................            --         (5,000,000)       5,000,000
Net increase (decrease) in borrowed funds .......................................      51,000,000      (10,000,000)      10,000,000
Issuance of common stock, net ...................................................            --         72,249,000             --
Purchases of treasury stock .....................................................     (12,223,253)            --               --
Cash dividends paid .............................................................        (623,054)            --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities .......................      62,768,897      101,325,868      (14,315,778)
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents ............................      15,103,516       (2,846,575)       2,634,002
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year ....................................      19,321,639       22,168,214       19,534,212
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
        Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ..................................   $  34,425,155    $  19,321,639    $  22,168,214
                                                                                    ================================================

Supplemental Cash Flow Disclosure
Interest paid ...................................................................   $  26,263,133    $  22,834,378    $  19,343,700
Income taxes paid ...............................................................       5,421,633        1,703,966        2,016,000
Non-cash activities:
  Loans originated as the result of real estate sales ...........................         306,568          482,292        1,563,408
  Loans transferred through the foreclosure of a related mortgage
    loan or through in-substance foreclosure to real estate owned ...............       1,262,024          870,582        2,362,039
Securitizations of mortgage loans into mortgage-backed securities ...............            --               --         15,796,000
Change in unrealized (loss) gain on securities available for sale ...............      (5,308,535)      16,799,000      (18,008,000)
Transfer of securities from held to maturity to available for sale ..............            --         93,296,000             --
Transfer of deposits at Nationar to other assets ................................            --          4,408,000             --   
Transfer of depositor balances in exchange for common stock .....................            --         16,353,000             --
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial
statements.



                                                                              21

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
For the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994

1. Nature of Operations

Flushing Financial Corporation (the "Holding Company"), a bank holding company,
was incorporated in May 1994 with authorized capital of 20,000,000 shares of
$0.01 par value common stock and 5,000,000 shares of $0.01 par value preferred
stock. On November 21, 1995, Flushing Savings Bank, FSB (the "Bank") converted
from a mutual to capital stock form of ownership and the Holding Company
acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of the Bank. The
transaction was accounted for in a manner similar to that of a pooling of
interests. The Holding Company had no business or activity prior to its
acquisition of the Bank on November 21, 1995. The consolidated financial
statements presented for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 reflect
information on the Bank before its acquisition by the Holding Company. Flushing
Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flushing Savings Bank,
FSB and FSB Properties, Incorporated are collectively herein referred to as the
"Company".

The Company's principal business is attracting retail deposits from the general
public and investing those deposits together with funds generated from
operations, primarily in (i) originations and purchases of one-to-four family
residential mortgage loans, multi-family income-producing property loans, and
commercial real estate loans; (ii) mortgage loan surrogates such as
mortgage-backed securities and; (iii) U.S. government and federal agency
securities, corporate fixed-income securities and other marketable securities.
To a lesser extent, the Company originates co-operative apartment loans,
construction and consumer loans. The Bank conducts its business through seven
full-service banking offices, four of which are located in Queens County, one in
Nassau County, one in Kings County (Brooklyn) and one in New York County
(Manhattan), New York.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and the Bank follow
generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and general practices
applicable to the banking industry. The policies which materially affect the
determination of the Company's financial position, results of operations and
cash flows are summarized below.

Principles of consolidation:

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of
Flushing Financial Corporation and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Flushing
Savings Bank, FSB and FSB Properties, Incorporated ("Properties"). Properties is
an inactive subsidiary whose purpose was to manage real estate properties and
joint ventures. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been
eliminated in consolidation.

Use of estimates:

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
assets and liabilities, and reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents:

For the purpose of reporting cash flows, the Company defines cash and due from
banks, federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits with original
maturities of 90 days or less as cash and cash equivalents.

Cash and due from banks restriction:

Regulations of the Federal Reserve require the Company to maintain average
reserve balances which place withdrawal and/or usage restrictions on cash and
due from banks balances.

Securities available for sale:

Securities are classified as available for sale when management intends to hold
the securities for an indefinite period of time or when the securities may be
utilized for tactical asset/liability purposes and may be sold from time to time
to effectively manage interest rate exposure and resultant prepayment risk and
liquidity needs. Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted, respectively,
using the level-yield method. Realized gains and losses on the sales of
securities are determined using the specific identification method. Unrealized
gains and losses for available for sale securities are excluded from earnings
and reported as a separate component of equity, net of taxes.

Unamortized loan origination fees:

The portion of loan origination fees that exceeds the direct costs of
underwriting and closing loans is deferred. The deferred fees received in
connection with a loan are amortized to income using the interest method over
the shorter of the repricing period or the contractual life of the related loan.



22

<PAGE>



Allowance for loan losses:

The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses at an amount which, in
management's judgment, is adequate to absorb estimated losses on existing loans
that may become uncollectible. Management's judgment in determining the adequacy
of the allowance is based on evaluations of the collectibility of loans. These
evaluations take into consideration such factors as changes in the composition
and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions that may affect
the borrowers' ability to pay, overall portfolio quality and review of specific
problem loans. The above factors may change significantly and therefore affect
management's determination of the allowance for loan losses in the near term.

Accrual of income on loans:

Interest on loans is recognized as income when earned except to the extent that
the underlying loan is deemed doubtful of collection and placed on non-accrual
status. Loans are generally placed on non-accrual status when they become past
due in excess of ninety days as to payment of principal or interest, and
previously accrued interest is reversed. A non-accrual loan can be returned to
accrual status after the loan meets certain criteria. Subsequent cash payments
received on non-accrual loans that do not meet the criteria are applied first as
a reduction of principal until all principal is recovered and then subsequently
to interest.

Mortgage loans available for sale:

Mortgage loans available for sale consist of loans originated with the intent to
sell. Mortgage loans available for sale are carried at market value. Changes in
the market value are included in the determination of net income in the year in
which the change occurs. Retained mortgage servicing rights relating to mortgage
loans originated for sale are recognized as a separate assets, similar to
purchased mortgage servicing rights. Capitalized mortgage servicing rights are
assessed for impairment based upon the fair value of those rights.

Real estate owned:

Real estate owned consists of property acquired by foreclosure. These properties
are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less estimated costs
to sell (hereinafter defined as fair value). This determination is made on an
individual asset basis. If the fair value is less than the carrying amount, the
deficiency is recognized as a valuation allowance. Further decreases to fair
value will be recorded in this valuation allowance through a provision for
losses on real estate owned. All gains will be deferred and amortized on the
cost-recovery basis for the sale of real estate owned that is primarily financed
by the Company. The Company utilizes estimates of fair value to determine the
amount of its valuation allowance. Actual values may differ from those
estimates.

Bank premises and equipment:

Bank premises and equipment are stated at cost, less depreciation accumulated on
a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets (5
to 40 years). Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the terms of the related leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is
shorter.

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase:

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as
collateralized financing and are carried at amounts at which the securities will
be subsequently reacquired as specified in the respective agreements.

Earnings per share:

Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1996 was computed by dividing
net income by the total of the weighted average number of commons shares
outstanding and the additional dilutive effect of stock options outstanding
during the period. The shares held in the Company's Employee Benefit Trust are
not included in shares outstanding for purposes of calculating earnings per
share. The dilutive effect of stock options are considered in both primary and
fully diluted computations using the treasury stock method. Fully diluted
earnings per share equal primary earnings per share for the year ended December
31, 1996. Earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 1995 were
calculated using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for
the period from November 21, 1995 to December 31, 1995 of 7,935,552 shares, and
net income of $655,000 for the period from November 21, 1995 to December 31,
1995, and accordingly were not meaningful.



                                                                              23

<PAGE>



Earnings per share has been computed based on the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                          1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>
Net income ......................................................................   $   6,715,395    $     655,000             --
Divided by:
  Weighted average common shares outstanding ....................................       7,973,613        7,935,552             --
  Weighted average common stock equivalents .....................................          35,576             --               --
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Total weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents       8,009,189        7,935,552             --
Earnings per share ..............................................................   $        0.84    $        0.08             --
</TABLE>


3. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                          1996             1995             1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>
Cash and due from banks .........................................................   $   7,472,000    $  11,884,000    $  13,168,000
Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposits ......................      26,953,000        7,438,000        9,000,000
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Total cash and cash equivalents .............................................   $  34,425,000    $  19,322,000    $  22,168,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


4. Loans

The composition of loans as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                          1996                              1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>                              <C>
One-to-four family ..............................................................      $223,245,000                     $155,435,000
Co-operative ....................................................................        13,273,000                       14,653,000
Multi-family ....................................................................       104,870,000                       69,140,000
Commercial ......................................................................        46,698,000                       45,215,000
Consumer ........................................................................         1,679,000                        2,328,000
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
  Gross loans ...................................................................       389,765,000                      286,771,000
Less: Unearned income ...........................................................         1,548,000                        1,335,000
                                                                                    ------------------------------------------------
    Total loans .................................................................      $388,217,000                     $285,436,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The Bank had adopted SFAS No. 114, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan" and SFAS No. 118, "Accounting by Creditors for Impairment of a
Loan--Income Recognition and Disclosure", on January 1, 1995. Adoption of these
Pronouncements has not had a significant impact on the Company's financial
statements and did not affect the comparability of prior period credit risks.
The total amount of loans on non-accrual status as of December 31, 1996, 1995
and 1994 were $2,408,000, $4,747,000 and $5,297,000, respectively. Total
performing restructured loans were $0, $0 and $3,220,000 as of December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. At December 31, 1996, impaired loans totaled
$2,468,000; and $257,000, or 4.74%, of the allowance for loan losses relates to
impaired loans. At December 31, 1995, impaired loans totaled $5,400,00; and
$1,178,000 or 22% of the allowance for loan losses relates to impaired loans.
The portion of the impaired loan amount above 100% of the loan-to-value ratio is
charged off. Impaired loans include loans on non-accrual status and loans that
are performing but deemed substandard by management. Impaired loans are analyzed
on an individual basis.

The following is a summary of interest foregone on non-accrual and restructured
loans:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                    1996                     1995                      1994
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Non-accrual Restructured Non-accrual Restructured  Non-accrual Restructured
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                         <C>         <C>       <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>     
Interest income that would have been
  recognized had the loans performed in
  accordance with their original terms ...............      $210,000      --      $365,000      $ 71,000      $944,000      $273,000
Less: Interest income included
  in the results of operations .......................        65,000      --        21,000        62,000       573,000       212,000
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Foregone interest ....................................      $145,000      --      $344,000      $  9,000      $371,000      $ 61,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



24
<PAGE>



The following are changes in the allowance for loan losses:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                        1996                      1995                      1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                 <C>                       <C>                       <C>
Balance, beginning of year ......................................   $ 5,310,000               $ 5,370,000               $ 5,723,000
Provision for loan losses .......................................       418,000                   496,000                   246,000
Charge-offs .....................................................      (535,000)               (1,052,000)                 (794,000)
Recoveries ......................................................       244,000                   496,000                   195,000
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ..........................................   $ 5,437,000               $ 5,310,000               $ 5,370,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


5. Real Estate Owned

The following are changes in the allowance for losses on real estate owned:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                              1996                   1995                   1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Balance, beginning of year ..........................................     $   388,000            $   774,000            $ 1,028,000
Provision ...........................................................         150,000                311,000                575,000
Reduction due to sales of real estate owned .........................        (257,000)              (697,000)              (829,000)
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
  Balance, end of year ..............................................     $   281,000            $   388,000            $   774,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


6. Bank Premises and Equipment, Net

Bank premises and equipment at December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                   1996                      1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>                       <C>        
Land .....................................................................................     $   801,000               $   801,000
Building and leasehold improvements ......................................................       3,039,000                 3,039,000
Equipment and furniture ..................................................................       6,500,000                 5,927,000
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
  Total ..................................................................................      10,340,000                 9,767,000
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization ..........................................       4,544,000                 3,653,000
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
  Bank premises and equipment, net .......................................................     $ 5,796,000               $ 6,114,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


7. Accounting for Debt and Equity Securities

Investments in equity securities that have readily determinable fair values and
all investments in debt securities are classified in one of the following three
categories and accounted for accordingly: (1) trading securities, (2) securities
available for sale and (3) securities held to maturity.

The Company does not have any trading securities. Securities available for sale
are recorded at estimated market value based on dealer quotations where
available. Actual values may differ from estimates provided by outside dealers.
Securities classified as held-to-maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for
amortization of premium and accretion of discount using the level-yield method.

In November 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued a special
report entitled "A Guide to Implementation of Statement 115 on Accounting for
Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities", herein referred to as
"Special Report". The Special Report gave the Company a one-time opportunity to
reconsider its ability and intent to hold securities to maturity, and allowed
the Company to transfer securities from held-to-maturity to other categories,
without tainting its remaining held-to-maturity securities. Management evaluated
all securities held to maturity and concluded that it is the intent of
management to hold these securities in a manner similar to the paragraph
describing securities available for sale. Accordingly, on December 29, 1995, the
Company moved all of its securities classified as held to maturity with a
carrying value, fair value and unrealized gain of $93,296,000, $94,712,000 and
$1,416,000, respectively, to available for sale.



                                                                              25

<PAGE>



The amortized cost and estimated market value of the Company's securities,
classified as available for sale as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Gross            Gross
                                                                    Amortized        Estimated          Unrealized       Unrealized
                                                                       Cost         Market Value           Gains           Losses
                                                                  ==================================================================
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>         
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies ...........      $150,045,000      $148,141,000      $    296,000      $  2,200,000
Corporate debt securities ..................................        33,251,000        33,553,000           409,000           107,000
Public utility debt securities .............................         4,305,000         4,294,000             8,000            19,000
Preferred stock ............................................         4,655,000         4,869,000           258,000            44,000
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total other securities ...................................       192,256,000       190,857,000           971,000         2,370,000
Mortgage-backed securities .................................       141,917,000       141,038,000         1,497,000         2,376,000
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale ......................      $334,173,000      $331,895,000      $  2,468,000      $  4,746,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The amortized cost and estimated market value of the Company's securities,
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1996, by contractual maturity,
are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or
without call or prepayment penalties.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                          Estimated
                                                                                                                            Market
                                                                                              Amortized Cost                Value
                                                                                              ======================================
<S>                                                                                            <C>                       <C>        
Securities Available for Sale
Due in one year or less ..................................................................     $ 6,278,000               $ 6,283,000
Due after one year through five years ....................................................      50,361,000                50,515,000
Due after five years through ten years ...................................................     100,222,000                99,023,000
Due after ten years ......................................................................      35,395,000                35,036,000
                                                                                              --------------------------------------
  Total other securities .................................................................     192,256,000               190,857,000
Mortgage-backed securities ...............................................................     141,917,000               141,038,000
                                                                                              --------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale ....................................................    $334,173,000              $331,895,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The amortized cost and estimated market value of the Company's securities
classified as available for sale at December 31, 1995, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         Gross            Gross
                                                                   Amortized         Estimated         Unrealized       Unrealized
Cost                                                                  Cost          Market Value          Gains           Losses
                                                                  ==================================================================
<S>                                                               <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>         
Securities Available for Sale
U.S. Treasury securities and government agencies ...........      $116,296,000      $116,728,000      $    740,000      $    308,000
Corporate debt securities ..................................        77,227,000        78,662,000         1,603,000           168,000
Public utility debt securities .............................         6,389,000         6,501,000           113,000             1,000
Preferred stock ............................................           250,000           256,000             6,000              --
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total other securities ...................................       200,162,000       202,147,000         2,462,000           477,000
Mortgage-backed securities .................................       178,257,000       179,300,000         2,175,000         1,132,000
                                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total securities available for sale ......................      $378,419,000      $381,447,000      $  4,637,000      $  1,609,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


For the year ended December 31, 1996, gross gains of $500,000 and losses of
$374,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of
$102,076,000. For the year ended December 31, 1995, gross gains of $334,000 and
losses of $650,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of
$57,000,000. For the year ended December 31, 1994, gross gains of $537,000 and
losses of $662,000 were realized on sales of securities available for sale of
$77,649,000.



26

<PAGE>



8. Due to Depositors

Due to depositors as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the weighted average
rate on deposits for the year ended December 31, 1996, are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                                         Weighted
                                                                                                                       Average Cost
                                                                              1996                   1995                  1996
                                                                         ===========================================================
<S>                                                                      <C>                    <C>                       <C>
Interest-bearing deposits:
  Certificate of deposit accounts ....................................   $314,483,000           $284,302,000              5.69%
  Passbook savings accounts ..........................................    209,690,000            215,578,000              2.86
  Money market accounts ..............................................     25,180,000             27,590,000              2.85
  NOW accounts .......................................................     21,408,000             19,565,000              1.90
                                                                         -----------------------------------
    Total interest-bearing deposits ..................................    570,761,000            547,035,000
Non-interest bearing deposits
  Demand accounts ....................................................     10,293,000             10,372,000
                                                                         -----------------------------------
    Total due to depositors ..........................................   $581,054,000           $557,407,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The aggregate amount of time deposits with a minimum denomination of $100,000
was $22,047,000 and $16,819,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

Interest expense on deposits, for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, respectively, is summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For the years ended December 31,                                              1996                   1995                   1994
                                                                          ==========================================================
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Certificate of deposit accounts .......................................   $16,848,000            $14,597,000            $ 8,971,000
Passbook savings accounts .............................................     6,142,000              6,475,000              7,902,000
Money market accounts .................................................       741,000                869,000              1,155,000
NOW accounts ..........................................................       370,000                349,000                363,000
Subscription deposits .................................................          --                  118,000                862,000
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
  Total due to depositors .............................................    24,101,000             22,408,000             19,253,000
Mortgagors' escrow deposits ...........................................        63,000                 57,000                 50,000
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
  Total deposit expense ...............................................   $24,164,000            $22,465,000            $19,303,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


9. Borrowed Funds

Borrowed funds totaled $51.0 million at December 31, 1996, consisting of FHLB-NY
advances with contractual maturities ranging from one to three years. The
weighted average interest rate of the borrowed funds at December 31, 1996 was
5.85%. There were no borrowed funds outstanding at December 31, 1995.


10. Income Taxes

Flushing Financial Corporation files consolidated Federal and combined New York
State and New York City income tax returns with the Bank and Properties. Under
SFAS No. 109, a deferred tax liability is recognized on all taxable temporary
differences and a deferred tax asset would be recognized on all deductible
temporary differences and operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. A
valuation allowance is recognized to reduce the potential deferred tax asset if
it is "more likely than not" that all or some portion of that potential deferred
tax asset will not be realized. This Statement also requires companies to take
into account changes in tax laws or rates when valuing the deferred income tax
amounts they carry on their Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition.



                                                                              27

<PAGE>



Income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and
1994, are summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                              1996                   1995                   1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Federal:
  Current .....................................................           $ 3,304,000            $ 1,951,000            $   741,000
  Deferred ....................................................               236,000               (454,000)             1,500,000
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
    Total federal tax provision ...............................             3,540,000              1,497,000              2,241,000
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
State and Local:
  Current .....................................................             2,549,000                980,000              1,437,000
  Deferred ....................................................              (278,000)                (7,000)              (347,000)
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
    Total state and local tax provision .......................             2,271,000                973,000              1,090,000
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
Total income tax provision ....................................           $ 5,811,000            $ 2,470,000            $ 3,331,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The income tax provision in the consolidated statements of income has been
provided at effective rates of 46%, 43% and 43% for the years ended December 31,
1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. The effective rates differ from the statutory
federal income tax rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                           1996                  1995                   1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        (Dollars in thousands)
<S>                                                                 <C>         <C>      <C>             <C>    <C>             <C>
Taxes at federal statutory rate .................................   $ 4,258     34%      $ 1,957      34%       $ 2,640         34%
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:                                                               
  State & local income tax, net of Federal income tax benefit ...     1,499     12           691      12            932         12
Other ...........................................................        54     --          (178)     (3)          (241)        (3)
                                                                    ----------------------------------------------------------------
    Taxes at effective rate .....................................   $ 5,811     46%      $ 2,470      43%       $ 3,331         43%
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The components of the income taxes for the year ended December 31, 1996 and
1995; attributable to income from operations and changes in equity are as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                              1996                   1995                   1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Income from operations ........................................           $     5,811            $     2,470            $     3,331
Equity:
  Change in fair value of securities available for sale .......                (2,443)                 7,899                 (8,343)
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
    Total .....................................................           $     3,368            $    10,369            $    (5,012)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


The components of the net deferred tax (asset) liability as of December 31, 1996
and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                                                     1996                    1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                            <C>                      <C>        
Deferred tax (asset):
  Postretirement benefits ......................................................               $    (1,781)             $    (1,072)
  Allowance for loan losses ....................................................                    (1,935)                  (2,060)
  Deferred income ..............................................................                       (90)                    (470)
  Unrealized losses on securities available for sale ...........................                    (1,048)                    --
  Other ........................................................................                      (320)                    (472)
                                                                                               ------------------------------------
  Deferred tax (asset) .........................................................                    (5,174)                  (4,074)
                                                                                               ------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Unrealized gains on securities available for sale ............................                      --                      1,395
  Depreciation expense .........................................................                       473                      346
  Other ........................................................................                        17                      134
                                                                                               ------------------------------------
    Deferred tax liability .....................................................                       490                    1,875
                                                                                               ------------------------------------
Net deferred tax (asset) in other assets .......................................               $    (4,684)             $    (2,199)
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



28

<PAGE>



The Company has recorded a net deferred tax asset of $4,684,000. The realization
is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future years. Although
realization is not assured, management believes it is more likely than not that
all of the net deferred tax asset will be realized.

11. Benefit Plans

The Company maintains a tax-qualified profit-sharing plan and the Bank maintains
a 401(k) plan.Both plans are defined contribution plans which cover
substantially all employees. Annual contributions are at the discretion of the
Company's Board of Directors, but not to exceed the maximum amount allowable
under the Internal Revenue Code. Contributions amounted to $419,000, $394,000
and $78,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively.

Employee Benefit Trust:
As a part of the Conversion discussed in Note 14, an Employee Benefit Trust
("EBT") was established to assist the Company in funding its benefit plan
obligations. The EBT borrowed $7,928,000 from the Company and used $7,000 of
cash received from the Bank to purchase 690,000 shares of the common stock of
the Company issued in the Conversion. The loan will be repaid principally from
the Company's discretionary contributions to the EBT, or forgiven by the
Company, over a period of 30 years. At December 31, 1996, the loan had an
outstanding balance of $7,437,000, bearing an interest rate of 6.22% per annum.
The loan obligation of the EBT is considered unearned compensation and, as such,
is recorded as a reduction of the Company's stockholders' equity. Both the loan
obligation and the unearned compensation are reduced by the amount of loan
repayments made by the EBT or forgiven by the Company. Shares purchased with the
loan proceeds are held in a suspense account for contribution to specified
benefit plans as the loan is repaid or forgiven. Shares released from the
suspense account are used solely for funding matching contributions under the
Bank's 401(k) plan and contributions to the Company's profit-sharing plan. Since
the Company's annual contributions are discretionary, compensation payable under
the EBT cannot be estimated. For the year ended December 31, 1996, the Company
recorded $372,000 of compensation expense under the EBT.

The shares pledged as collateral are reported as unallocated EBT shares in the
stockholders' equity. As shares are released from collateral, the Company
reports compensation expense equal to the current market price of the shares,
and the shares become outstanding for earnings per share computations. The EBT
shares as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                        1996                     1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>                      <C>        
Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, beginning balance ......................                   667,900                   690,000
Shares released and allocated ..................................................                    20,658                       274
Shares committed to be released and allocated ..................................                      --                      21,826
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
  Shares owned by Employee Benefit Trust, ending balance .......................                   647,242                   667,900
====================================================================================================================================
Market value of unallocated shares .............................................               $11,731,000               $10,269,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Restricted Stock Plan:

The 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan became effective on May 21, 1996 after
adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by shareholders. The aggregate
number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Restricted Stock
Plan to employees may not exceed 241,500 shares, and to Outside Directors may
not exceed 103,500 shares, for a total of 345,000 shares (4% of the number of
shares issued in the Company's initial public offering). Lapsed, forfeited or
canceled awards and shares withheld from an award to satisfy tax obligations
will not count against these limits, and will be available for subsequent
grants. The shares distributed under the Restricted Stock Plan may be shares
held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares.

On May 21, 1996, the Company issued 285,100 restricted common shares under the
Restricted Stock Plan, valued at $16.25 per share, based on the average market
price on May 20, 1996. Another 13,300 restricted shares were granted from
treasury stock under the Restricted Stock Plan on December 17, 1996, valued at
$18.2188 per share, based on the average market price on December 17, 1996. Both
grants vest 20% per year over a five year period. Total restricted stock award
expense accrued in 1996 was $573,000. Restricted stock forfeitures during 1996
totaled 5,250 shares.



                                                                              29

<PAGE>



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                             Number
                                                                                                                           of Shares
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                                         <C>
Restricted Stock Awards authorized ....................................................................                     345,000
Restricted Stock Awarded ..............................................................................                     298,400
Forfeitures ...........................................................................................                      (5,250)
                                                                                                                           --------
Shares available for future Restricted Stock Awards ...................................................                      51,850
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

Stock Option Plan:

The 1996 Stock Option Incentive Plan became effective on May 21, 1996 after
adoption by the Board of Directors and approval by shareholders. The Stock
Option Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options intended to comply
with the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code, nonstatutory
stock options, and stock appreciation rights granted in tandem with such
options. The aggregate number of shares of common stock which may be issued
under the Stock Option Plan with respect to options granted to employees may not
exceed 603,750 shares, and with respect to options granted to Outside Directors
may not exceed 258,750 shares, for a total of 862,500 shares (10% of the number
of shares issued in the Company's initial public offering). Lapsed, forfeited or
canceled options will not count against these limits and will be available for
subsequent grants. However, the cancellation of an option upon exercise of a
related stock appreciation right will count against these limits. Options with
respect to more than 75,000 shares of common stock may not be granted to any
employee in any calendar year. The shares distributed under the Stock Option
Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares.

The Company issued stock options with respect to 737,750 shares on May 21, 1996
with an exercise price of $16.25 per share, based on the average market price on
May 20, 1996. Stock options with respect to 26,600 shares were also issued on
December 17, 1996 with an exercise price of $18.21 per share, based on the
average market price on that date. Both grants vest 20% per year over a five
year period. Stock options with respect to 10,500 shares were forfeited during
the year ended December 31, 1996.

As permitted by SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation", the
Company has chosen to apply APB Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees" and related Interpretations in accounting for its Stock Option Plan.
Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for options granted under
the Stock Option Plan. Had compensation cost for the Company's Stock Option Plan
been determined based on the fair value at the grant dates, consistent with the
method prescribed by SFAS No. 123, the Company's net income and earnings per
share would have been as follows. However, the initial impact of the new rules,
as per SFAS No. 123, may not be representative of the effect on income in future
years because the options vest over several years and additional option grants
may be made each year.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                               1996
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                                                                As Reported              Pro Forma
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                            <C>                      <C>        
Net income .....................................................................               $ 6,715,000               $ 6,436,000
Earnings per share .............................................................               $      0.84               $      0.80
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The weighted average assumptions used for
grants made in 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                                         1996 Grants
                                                                                                                         -----------
<S>                                                                                                                         <C>
Dividend yield ...................................................................................                             0.93%
Expected volatility ..............................................................................                            27.41%
Risk-free interest rate ..........................................................................                             6.58%
Expected option life .............................................................................                           7 Years
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



30

<PAGE>



A summary of the status of the Company's Stock Option Plan as of December 31,
1996, and changes during the year is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               -------------------------------------
                                                                                                                          Weighted
                                                                                                                           Average
                                                                                                                          Exercise
                                                                                                  Shares                    Price
====================================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                                            <C>                      <C>        
Outstanding, beginning of year .................................................                      --                        --
Granted ........................................................................                   764,350               $     16.32
Exercised ......................................................................                      --                        --
Forfeited ......................................................................                    10,500               $     16.25
                                                                                               -----------
  Outstanding, end of year .....................................................                   753,850               $     16.32
                                                                                               ===========
Options exercisable at year-end ................................................                      none
                                                                                               ===========
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year .................               $ 4,620,000
                                                                                               ===========
</TABLE>


The following table summarizes information about the Stock Option Plan at
December 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Options Outstanding                               Options Exercisable
                                     ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Weighted
                                         Number                Average                       Number               Weighted
                                     Outstanding at           Remaining                  Exercisable at       Average Exercise
            Exercise Prices             12/31/96          Contractual Life                  12/31/96                Price
====================================================================================================================================

                <S>                      <C>                  <C>                        <C>                         <C>
                $16.25                   727,250              9.5 Years                        --                    --
                $18.21                    26,600               10 Years                        --                    --
                                     --------------                                      --------------
                                         753,850                                                --
                                     ==============                                      ==============
</TABLE>

Pension Plan:

The Company also has a defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all
of its employees (the "Retirement Plan"). The benefits are based on years of
service and the employee's compensation during the three consecutive years out
of the final ten years of service which produces the highest average. The
Company's funding policy is to contribute annually the maximum amount that can
be deducted for federal income tax purposes. Contributions are intended to
provide not only for the benefits attributed to service to date but also for
those expected to be earned in the future.

The components of the net pension expense are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
For the years ended December 31,                                              1996                   1995                   1994
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                       <C>                    <C>                    <C>
Service cost ..................................................           $   309,000            $   280,000            $   331,000
Interest cost .................................................               422,000                389,000                347,000
Amortization of transition asset ..............................                (5,000)                (5,000)                (5,000)
Amortization of past service liability ........................               (25,000)               (24,000)                 3,000
Return on plan assets .........................................              (505,000)              (422,000)              (416,000)
                                                                          ----------------------------------------------------------
  Net pension expense .........................................           $   196,000            $   218,000            $   260,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              31

<PAGE>



The following table sets forth the funded status of the Retirement Plan and the
amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition at
December 31, 1996 and 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
==================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                      1996                     1995
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>                      <C>        
Actuarial present value of benefit obligations:
  Accumulated benefit obligation, including vested benefits of $4,602,000
  and $4,403,000 as of December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively ................             $ 4,946,000               $ 4,758,000
==================================================================================================================================
Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date ......................             $(6,077,000)              $(5,726,000)
Plan assets at fair value ......................................................               7,255,000                 6,354,000
                                                                                             -------------------------------------
Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation ..........................               1,178,000                   628,000
Unrecognized net loss from past experience different from that assumed
  and effects of changes in assumptions ........................................                (733,000)                 (104,000)
Prior service cost not yet recognized in periodic pension cost .................                (184,000)                 (208,000)
Unrecognized net asset .........................................................                  (2,000)                   (8,000)
                                                                                             -------------------------------------
  Prepaid pension cost included in other assets ................................             $   259,000               $   308,000
==================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


For the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, the weighted average discount
rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation was 7.5%. Compensation was projected to increase 5.5% for each of the
years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995. The expected long-term rate of return on
assets was 8%. Assets in the Retirement Plan consist of various equity and fixed
income funds.

The Bank has an Outside Director Retirement Plan (the "Directors' Plan"), which
provides benefits to each outside director who serves or has agreed to serve as
an outside director for two years or more subsequent to the February 1995
effective date of the Directors' Plan and whose years of service as an outside
director (including service as a director or trustee of the Bank or any
predecessor) plus age equal or exceed 75. Benefits are also payable to an
outside director whose status as an outside director terminates because of
disability or who is an outside director upon a change of control (as defined in
the Directors' Plan). An eligible director will be paid an annual retirement
benefit equal to the last annual retainer paid before the director's retirement.
Such benefit will be paid in equal monthly installments for the lesser of the
number of months such director served as an outside director, 120 months, or
until the director's death; provided, however, that a director's retirement
benefits will be paid in a cash lump sum in the event of a change of control. No
benefits will be payable to a director who is removed for cause. The Holding
Company has guaranteed the payment of benefits under the Directors' Plan. Upon
adopting the Directors' Plan, the Bank elected to immediately recognize the
effect of adopting the Directors' Plan of approximately $644,000. In addition,
the periodic cost of the Directors' Plan for the year ended December 31, 1995
was $74,000. Expenses for the Directors' Plan for the year ended December 31,
1996 totaled $59,000.

The following table sets forth the Directors' Plan's funded status and amounts
recognized in the consolidated statements of financial condition at December 31,
1996 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
===================================================================================================================================
December 31,                                                                                       1996                     1995
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                           <C>                      <C>        
Actuarial present value of benefit obligation:
  Accumulated benefit obligation ...............................................              $   729,000               $   678,000
===================================================================================================================================
  Projected benefit obligation for service rendered to date ....................              $  (729,000)              $  (678,000)
  Plan assets at fair value ....................................................                     --                        --
                                                                                              -------------------------------------
  Plan assets in excess of projected benefit obligation ........................                 (729,000)                 (678,000)
  Unrecognized gain ............................................................                  (41,000)                  (33,000)
                                                                                              -------------------------------------
  Accrued pension cost included in other liabilities ...........................              $  (770,000)              $  (711,000)
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

For the years ended December 31, 1996 and 1995, the weighted average discount
rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit
obligation was 7.5%. The level of future retainers were projected to remain
constant.



32

<PAGE>



12. Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pension

In December 1990, the FASB issued SFAS No. 106, "Employers' Accounting for
Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions". This Statement established
accounting standards for postretirement benefits other than pensions
(hereinafter referred to as postretirement benefits). The Statement principally
focuses on health care benefits, although it applies to all forms of
postretirement benefits other than pensions.

The Company sponsors two defined benefit postretirement plans that cover all
full time permanent employees and their spouses. One plan provides medical
benefits through a fifty percent cost sharing arrangement. The other plan
provides life insurance benefits and is noncontributory. These retiree programs
are available to retirees with five years of service. Eligible retirees receive
lifetime medical and life insurance coverage for themselves and lifetime medical
coverage for their spouses.

Comprehensive medical plan benefits equal the lesser of the normal plan benefit
or the total amount not paid by Medicare. Life insurance benefits for retirees
are based on annual compensation and age at retirement. As of December 31, 1996,
the Bank has not adopted a funding policy.

The following table sets forth the funded status and amounts recognized in the
consolidated statement of financial condition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                       <C>       
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees ...........................................................................................................    $  666,000
  Fully eligible active plan participants ............................................................................       129,000
  Other active plan participants .....................................................................................       509,000
                                                                                                                          ----------
    Accumulated postretirement plan obligations ......................................................................     1,304,000
                                                                                                                          ----------
Plan assets at fair value ............................................................................................          --
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation in excess of plan assets ...............................................     1,304,000
Unrecognized amounts:
  Past service liability .............................................................................................       824,000
  Accumulated net loss ...............................................................................................       130,000
                                                                                                                          ----------
    Postretirement benefit liability included in other liabilities ...................................................    $2,258,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


Assumptions used in determining the actuarial present value of the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 1996 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                          <C>
Rate of return on plan assets .........................................................................................        NA
Discount rate .........................................................................................................       7.5%
Rate of increase in health care costs:
  Initial .............................................................................................................      10.0%
  Ultimate (year 2005) ................................................................................................       5.5%
Annual rate of salary increases .......................................................................................        NA
</TABLE>

The health care cost year end rate assumes a grading down of 0.5% per year from
the initial rate to the ultimate rate.

The health care cost trend rate assumptions have a significant effect on the
amounts reported. To illustrate, increasing the assumed health care cost trend
rates by one percentage point in each year would increase the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1996 by $113,000 and the
aggregate of the service and interest cost components of net periodic
postretirement benefit costs for the year ended by $8,000.

For the year ended December 31, 1996, the resulting net periodic postretirement
benefit expense consisted of the following components:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                                                       <C>      
Service cost--benefits earned during the period .......................................................................   $  49,000
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement benefit obligation ........................................................      96,000
Amortization of past service liability ................................................................................    (102,000)
                                                                                                                          ---------
  Net postretirement benefit expense ..................................................................................   $  43,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              33

<PAGE>



13. Related Party Transactions

At December 31, 1996 and 1995, loans to officers and related persons of
officers, directors and the Company aggregated approximately $1,140,000 and
$1,162,000, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 1996, repayments
totaled approximately $22,000.

14. Conversion Costs

On July 15, 1994, the registration statement on Form S-1 filed by the Company
with the Securities and Exchange Commission became effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933. In March 1995, the Company withdrew
the registration statement on Form S-1 and de-registered the shares thereunder.
Costs incurred of approximately $2,222,000 that were directly associated with
the Conversion through March 31, 1995, were expensed effective March 31, 1995.


15. Stockholders' Equity

On November 21, 1995, the Company, through an initial public offering ("IPO"),
completed the issuance and sale of 7,935,000 shares to the Bank's depositors and
690,000 shares to the Bank's Employee Benefit Trust ("EBT"). From the IPO, the
Company received gross proceeds of $99,188,000, before reduction of $7,935,000
related to the EBT shares which were purchased through a loan from the Company
to the EBT and $2,658,000 of IPO related expenses. Included in gross proceeds
were $16,353,000 of bank depositor balances that were converted into IPO
purchases of common stock.

At December 31, 1996, restricted stock awards of 51,850 shares remain available
for future grants and stock options in respect to 108,650 shares were also
available for future grants. Stock options in respect to 753,850 shares are
outstanding and not exercised.

Additionally, the Bank established, in accordance with the requirements of the
Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), a liquidation account for $47,620,000
which was equal to its capital as of the date of the latest consolidated
statement of financial condition appearing in the final IPO prospectus. The
liquidation account is reduced as and to the extent that eligible account
holders have reduced their qualifying deposits. Subsequent increases in deposits
do not restore an eligible account holder's interest in the liquidation account.
In the event of a complete liquidation of the Bank, each eligible account holder
will be entitled to receive a distribution from the liquidation account in an
amount proportionate to the current adjusted qualifying balances for accounts
then held. As of December 31, 1996, the Bank's liquidation account was
$19,575,000 and was presented within retained earnings. Accordingly, at December
31, 1996, $19,575,000 of the Company's retained earnings was restricted by the
liquidation account.

In addition to the restriction described above, the Company may not declare or
pay cash dividends on or repurchase any of its shares of common stock if the
effect thereof would cause the stockholders' equity to be reduced below
applicable regulatory capital maintenance requirements or if such declaration
and payment would otherwise violate regulatory requirements.

Dividends paid for the year ended December 31, 1996 totaled $623,000. Starting
in the third quarter of 1996, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly
dividend payable of $0.04 per share, subject to the conditions stated above.



34
<PAGE>



16. Regulatory Capital

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 ("FDICIA")
imposes a number of mandatory supervisory measures on banks and thrift
institutions. Among other matters, FDICIA established five capital zones or
classifications (well-capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized,
significantly undercapitalized and critically undercapitalized). Such
classifications are used by the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies to
determine matters ranging from each institution's semi-annual FDIC deposit
insurance premium assessments, to approvals of applications authorizing
institutions to grow their asset size or otherwise expand business activities.
Under OTS capital regulations, the Bank is required to comply with each of three
separate capital adequacy standards. Set forth below is a summary of the Bank's
compliance with OTS capital standards as of December 31, 1996 and 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            December 31, 1996                  December 31, 1995
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                        Percent of                       Percent of
                                                                        Amount            Assets            Amount         Assets
===================================================================================================================================
<S>                                                                    <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
Tangible capital:                                                                                      
  Capital level ...................................................    $  93,138         12.67%           $  98,939        14.85%
  Requirement .....................................................       11,028          1.50%               9,992         1.50%
  Excess ..........................................................    $  82,110         11.17%           $  88,947        13.35%
                                                                                                       
Core (Tier I) capital:                                                                                 
  Capital level ...................................................    $  93,138         12.67%           $  98,939        14.85%
  Requirement .....................................................       29,408          4.00%              26,646         4.00%
  Excess ..........................................................    $  63,730          8.67%           $  72,293        10.85%
                                                                                                       
Total risk-based capital:                                                                              
  Capital level ...................................................    $  97,597         27.43%           $ 103,184        30.48%
  Requirement .....................................................       28,464          8.00%              27,082         8.00%
  Excess ..........................................................    $  69,133         19.43%           $  76,102        22.48%
===================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


17. Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments:

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in
the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers.
These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and lines of
credit. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and
market risks in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated financial
statements.

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the
counterparty to the financial instrument for loan commitments and lines of
credit is represented by the contractual amounts of these instruments.

Commitments to extend credit (principally real estate mortgages), purchase
mortgage loans and lines of credit (principally home equity lines of credit)
amounted to approximately $16,365,000, $24,281,000 and $388,000, respectively,
at December 31, 1996. Since generally all of the loan commitments are expected
to be drawn upon, the total loan commitments approximate future cash
requirements, whereas the amounts of lines of credit may not be indicative of
the Company's future cash requirements. The Company uses the same credit
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for
on-balance-sheet instruments.



                                                                              35

<PAGE>



The following is a summary, as of December 31, 1996, of commitments to extend
credit for fixed-rate real estate mortgages.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      Total Commitments             Average Interest Rate             Average Commitment Term
                      ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                         <S>                                <C>                              <C>
                         $1,821,000                         7.86%                            180 days
</TABLE>

Commitments to extend credit are legally binding agreements to lend to a
customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the
contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates and require payment
of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer's credit worthiness on a case by
case basis. Collateral held consists primarily of real estate.

The Company's minimum annual rental payments for Bank premises due under
noncancellable leases are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               Minimum Rental
                                                                                                               --------------
                                                                                                               (In thousands)
<S>                                                                                                                 <C>   
Years ending December 31:
1997 ................................................................................................               $  395
1998 ................................................................................................                  401
1999 ................................................................................................                  407
2000 ................................................................................................                  414
2001 ................................................................................................                  414
Thereafter ..........................................................................................                1,044
                                                                                                                    ------
  Total minimum payments required ...................................................................               $3,075
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

The leases have escalation clauses for operating expenses and real estate taxes.
Certain lease agreements provide for increases in rental payments based upon
increases in the consumer price index. The Company has an option to renew the
leases expiring in 2001 for two periods of five years each. Rent expense under
these leases for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 was
approximately $406,000, $378,000 and $380,000, respectively.

Contingencies:

The Company is a defendant in various lawsuits. Management of the Company, after
consultation with outside legal counsels, believes that the resolution of these
various matters will not result in any material effect on the Company's
consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

18. Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company's lending is concentrated in residential and commercial real estate
loans to borrowers in the metropolitan New York area. The Company evaluates each
customer's credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The collateral obtained by
the Company generally consists of first liens on residential real estate and
commercial income producing real estate.

19. Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments

SFAS No. 107, "Disclosures About Fair Value of Financial Instruments", requires
that the Company disclose the estimated fair values for certain of its financial
instruments. Financial instruments include items such as loans, deposits,
securities, commitments to lend and other items as defined in SFAS No. 107.

Fair value estimates are supposed to represent estimates of the amounts at which
a financial instrument could be exchanged between willing parties in a current
transaction other than in a forced liquidation. However, in many instances
current exchange prices are not available for many of the Company's financial
instruments, since no active market generally exists for a significant portion
of the Bank's financial instruments. Accordingly, the Company uses other
valuation techniques to estimate fair values of its financial instruments such
as discounted cash flow methodologies and other methods allowable under SFAS No.
107.

Fair value estimates are subjective in nature and are dependent on a number of
significant assumptions based on management's judgment regarding future expected
loss experience, current economic condition, risk characteristics of various
financial instruments, and other factors. In addition, SFAS No. 107 allows a
wide range of valuation techniques, therefore, it may be difficult to compare
the Company's fair value information to independent markets or to other
financial institutions' fair value information.

The Company generally holds its earning assets, other than securities available
for sale, to maturity and settles its liabilities at maturity. However, fair
value estimates are made at a specific point in time and are based on relevant
market information. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that
could result from offering for sale at one time the Company's entire holdings of
a particular instrument. Accordingly, as assumptions change, such as interest
rates and prepayments, fair value estimates change and these amounts may not
necessarily be realized in an immediate sale.



36

<PAGE>



SFAS No. 107 does not require disclosure about fair value information for items
that do not meet the definition of a financial instrument or certain other
financial instruments specifically excluded from its requirements. These items
include core deposit intangibles and other customer relationships, premises and
equipment, leases, income taxes, foreclosed properties and equity. Further, SFAS
No. 107 does not attempt to value future income or business. These items are
material and accordingly, the fair value information presented does not purport
to represent, nor should it be construed to represent, the underlying "market"
or franchise value of the Company.

The estimated fair value of each material class of financial instruments as of
December 31, 1996 and 1995 and the related methods and assumptions used to
estimate fair value are as follows:

Cash and due from banks, overnight interest-earning deposits and federal funds
sold, interest and dividends receivable, mortgagors' escrow deposits, borrowed
funds and other liabilities 

The carrying amounts are a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Securities held to maturity and securities available for sale

The estimated fair values of securities held to maturity and securities held for
sale are contained in Note 7 of notes to consolidated financial statements. Fair
value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for
similar securities and adjusted for differences between the quoted instrument
and the instrument being valued.

Loans

The estimated fair value of loans as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 is
$396,140,000 and $289,969,000, respectively.

For commercial mortgages, fair value is estimated by discounting the expected
future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made
to borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

For residential mortgages, co-operative, and condominium loans, fair value is
estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans,
adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

For consumer loans, fair value is estimated by discounting the expected future
cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to
borrowers with similar credit ratings and remaining maturities.

For non-accruing loans, fair value is generally estimated by discounting
management's estimate of future cash flows with a discount rate commensurate
with the risk associated with such assets.

Due to depositors

The estimated fair value of deposits as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 was
$581,638,000 and $550,317,000, respectively.

The fair values of demand, passbook savings, NOW and money market deposits are,
by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e.
their carrying value). The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposits
are estimated by discounting the expected future cash flows using the rates
currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Other financial instruments

The fair values of commitments to sell, lend or borrow are estimated using the
fees currently charged or paid to enter into similar agreements, taking into
account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present credit worthiness
of the counterparties or on the estimated cost to terminate them or otherwise
settle with the counterparties at the reporting date. For fixed-rate loan
commitments to sell, lend or borrow, fair values also consider the difference
between current levels of interest rates and committed rates (where applicable).

As of December 31, 1996 and 1995, the fair values of the above financial
instruments approximate the recorded amounts of the related fees and was not
considered to be material.

20. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

FASB has issued SFAS No. 125, "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities", effective for transfers
and servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities occurring
after December 31, 1996. Earlier or retroactive application is not permitted.
This Statement provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and
servicing of financial assets and extinguishments of liabilities based on
consistent application of a financial-components approach that focuses on
control. Adoption of this pronouncement is not expected to have a material
impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.



                                                                              37

<PAGE>



21. Quarterly Financial Data (UNAUDITED)

Selected unaudited quarterly financial data for the fiscal year ended December
31, 1996 and 1995 is presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                             1996                                           1995
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Unaudited                                  4th         3rd         2nd         1st         4th         3rd         2nd         1st
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              (In thousands)
<S>                                    <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>     
Quarterly operating data
Interest income ...................    $ 14,427    $ 14,220    $ 13,514    $ 12,900    $ 11,889    $ 10,958    $ 10,905    $ 10,953
Interest expense ..................       6,962       6,797       6,401       6,142       6,132       5,894       5,713       5,159
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net interest income .............       7,465       7,423       7,113       6,758       5,757       5,064       5,192       5,794
Provision for loan losses .........          96          20         150         152          77         232          76         110
Other operating income ............         152         309         546         742         472       1,944       1,347         921
Other expense .....................       4,173       4,637       4,512       4,242       4,326       3,904       4,901       7,109
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Income (loss) before
  income tax expense ..............       3,348       3,075       2,997       3,106       1,826       2,872       1,562        (504)
Income tax expense ................       1,617       1,404       1,346       1,444         758         782         376         554
                                       ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Net income (loss) ...............    $  1,731    $  1,671    $  1,651    $  1,662    $  1,068    $  2,090    $  1,186    $ (1,058)
                                       =============================================================================================
Net income per share ..............    $   0.22    $   0.20    $   0.20    $   0.21    $   0.08        --          --          --
Dividends per share ...............    $   0.04    $   0.04        --          --          --          --          --          --
Average common shares
  outstanding .....................       7,753       8,181       8,086       7,957       7,936        --          --          --
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>


22. Parent Company Only Financial Information

Earnings of the Bank are recognized by the Holding Company using the equity
method of accounting. Accordingly, earnings of the Bank are recorded as
increases in the Holding Company's investment, any dividends would reduce the
Holding Company's investment in the Bank, and any changes in the Bank's
unrealized gain or loss on securities available for sale, net of taxes, would
increase or decrease, respectively, the Holding Company's investment in the
Bank. The condensed financial statements for the Holding Company at December 31,
1996 and 1995, and for the year ended December 31, 1996 and for the period from
November 21, 1995 to December 31, 1995 are presented below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                           1996             1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>              <C>          
Condensed Statement of Financial Condition
Assets:
  Cash and due from banks ........................................................................   $     185,000    $     132,000
  Federal funds sold and overnight interest-earning deposit ......................................       9,600,000        3,038,000
  Securities available for sale:
    Mortgage-backed securities ...................................................................            --          6,000,000
    Other securities .............................................................................      31,300,000       31,446,000
  Interest receivable ............................................................................         387,000          257,000
  Receivable from Bank ...........................................................................            --            315,000
  Investment in Bank .............................................................................      92,066,000      100,429,000
  Other assets ...................................................................................         144,000            7,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Total assets ...............................................................................   $ 133,682,000    $ 141,624,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                                                       Continued



38

<PAGE>



22. Parent Company Only Financial Information (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
====================================================================================================================================
                                                                                                           1996             1995
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                  <C>              <C>          
Liabilities:
  Due to Bank ....................................................................................   $     247,000    $      16,000
  Other liabilities ..............................................................................         154,000          278,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Total liabilities ..........................................................................         401,000          294,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock ...................................................................................          89,000           86,000
  Additional paid-in capital .....................................................................     101,278,000       96,515,000
  Unearned compensation ..........................................................................     (12,065,000)      (7,681,000)
  Treasury stock .................................................................................     (11,660,000)            --
  Retained earnings ..............................................................................      56,869,000       50,777,000
  Net unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale ....................................      (1,230,000)       1,633,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Total equity ...............................................................................     133,281,000      141,330,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Total liabilities and equity ...............................................................   $ 133,682,000    $ 141,624,000
====================================================================================================================================

Condensed Statement of Income
Interest income ..................................................................................   $   2,677,000    $     272,000
Other operating expenses .........................................................................         776,000           70,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Income before taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary .........................       1,901,000          202,000
Income tax expense ...............................................................................         885,000           99,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
  Income before equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiary ...................................       1,016,000          103,000
Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank .....................................................       5,699,000        3,183,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Net income .................................................................................   $   6,715,000    $   3,286,000
====================================================================================================================================

Condensed Statement of Cash Flow
Operating activities:
  Net income .....................................................................................   $   6,715,000    $   3,286,000
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
    Equity in undistributed earnings of the Bank .................................................      (5,699,000)      (3,183,000)
    Net change in operating assets and liabilities ...............................................       1,396,000         (143,000)
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities ........................................       2,412,000          (40,000)
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Investing activities:
  Purchases of securities available for sale .....................................................       5,586,000      (37,446,000)
  Investment in Bank, net ........................................................................      11,500,000      (48,264,000)
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities ........................................      17,086,000      (85,710,000)
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Financing activities:
  Issuance of common stock .......................................................................            --         88,920,000
  Purchase of treasury stock .....................................................................     (12,260,000)            --
  Cash dividends paid ............................................................................        (623,000)            --
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities ........................................     (12,883,000)      88,920,000
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents ........................................................       6,615,000        3,170,000
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year .....................................................       3,170,000             --
                                                                                                     ------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year ...........................................................   $   9,785,000    $   3,170,000
====================================================================================================================================
</TABLE>



                                                                              39

<PAGE>



Report of Independent Accountants



To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Flushing Financial Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of
FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION and SUBSIDIARIES (the "Company") as of December
31, 1996 and 1995, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in
stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of
the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Flushing Financial
Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1996 and 1995, and the consolidated
results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in
the period ended December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.



/s/Coopers & Lybrand LLP



New York, New York
February 28, 1997



40

<PAGE>



Flushing Financial Corporation


Executive Management

Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
Chairman of the Board

James F. McConnell
President & Chief Executive Officer

Michael J. Hegarty
Executive Vice President & Corporate Secretary

Monica C. Passick
Senior Vice President, Treasurer &
Chief Financial Officer

Henry A. Braun
Senior Vice President

Anna M. Piacentini
Senior Vice President


Board of Directors

Gerard P. Tully, Sr.--Chairman
Real estate development and management

James F. McConnell
President and CEO of Company and Bank

Michael J. Hegarty
EVP and Corporate Secretary of the Company
and EVP and COO of the Bank

John M. Gleason
Funeral Services

Robert A. Marani
Commercial real estate development
and management

John O. Mead
Retired fabric manufacturer and marketer

Vincent F. Nicolosi
Attorney in Bayside, New York

Franklin F. Regan, Jr.
Attorney in Flushing, New York

John E. Roe, Sr.
Chairman and CEO of City Underwriting
Agency, Inc., insurance brokers

Michael J. Russo
Consulting engineer, real estate development
and management, President and Director of
Operations for Northeastern Aviation Corp., and
Chairman and CEO of Meadow Mechanical Corp.


Corporate Headquarters

Flushing Savings Bank, FSB
144-51 Northern Boulevard
Flushing, New York 11354
718-961-5400
facsimile 718-961-7646

Retail Branch Locations

Flushing
144-51 Northern Boulevard
718-961-5400

159-18 Northern Boulevard
718-961-7400

188-08 Hollis Court Boulevard
718-445-3351

Bayside
61-54 Springfield Boulevard
718-631-2200

New Hyde Park
661 Hillside Avenue
516-488-6400

Bay Ridge
7102 Third Avenue
718-836-8088

Manhattan
33 Irving Place
212-477-9360


Loan Originations

Flushing
144-51 Northern Boulevard
718-961-5400


Flushing Financial Corporation
Shareholder Information

Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Flushing Financial Corporation will be
held at 2:00 PM April 29, 1997 at the LaGuardia Marriott located at 102-05
Ditmars Boulevard, East Elmhurst, New York 11369.

Stock Listing
Nasdaq National Market
Symbol "FFIC"


Transfer Agent and Registrar

State Street Bank and Trust Company
c/o Boston EquiServe
P.O. Box 8200
Boston, Massachusetts 02266-8200
1-800-426-5523


Independent Certified
Public Accountants

Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
1301 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10019-6012
212-259-1000


Legal Counsel

Hughes Hubbard & Reed LLP
One Battery Park Plaza
New York, New York 10004
212-837-6000


Shareholder Relations

Kehoe, White, Savage & Company, Inc.
685 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York 10022
212-888-1616

Design: Curran & Connors, Inc.



<PAGE>



[LOGO]
FSB
FLUSHING
SAVINGS BANK, FSB


Flushing Savings Bank
144-51 Northern Boulevard
Flushing, New York 11354




Amendment No.3 to Employment Agreement between Flushing Financial Corporation
and Michael J. Hegarty, and Amendment No.2 to Employment Agreement between
Flushing Savings Bank, FSB and Michael J. Hegarty.

      This AMENDMENT AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into as of the
26th day of November, 1996, by and among Flushing Financial Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Holding Company"), Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, a
savings bank organized and existing under Federal law (the "Bank"), and Michael
J. Hegarty (the "Officer").

      The Holding Company and the Officer agree that, effective as of the date
hereof, the employment agreement entered into between the Holding Company and
the Officer as of November 21, 1995, as the same may have been previously
amended (the "Holding Company Agreement"), is hereby amended as provided herein.

      The Bank and the Officer agree that, effective as of the date hereof, the
employment agreement entered into between the Bank and the Officer as of
November 21, 1995, as the same may have been previously amended (the "Bank
Agreement"), is hereby amended as provided herein.

     1. A new Section 5(h) is added to the Holding Company Agreement and the
Bank Agreement to read as follows:

            (h) Upon the termination (the "Trust Termination") of the Flushing
Financial Corporation Employee Benefit Trust (the "Trust") at any time during
the Employment Period, the Officer shall be entitled to receive a payment in
cash equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount the Officer would have been
entitled to receive upon the Trust Termination if he had been employed by the
Company or the Bank for the four full calendar years prior to the Trust
Termination plus the completed portion of the calendar year in which the Trust
Termination occurs (the "Deemed Benefit") over (ii) the amount the Officer
actually receives upon the Trust Termination based upon his actual period of
employment by the Company or the Bank prior to the Trust Termination. For
purposes of calculating the Deemed Benefit, the Officer shall be deemed to have
earned "aggregate compensation," as that term is defined in section 8.4 of the
Trust Agreement dated as of June 28, 1994, at an annualized rate of $206,000 for
any full or partial calendar year in which the Officer was not actually employed
by the Holding Company or the Bank prior to the Trust Termination.

      2. Except as they may be amended as provided herein, the Holding Company
Agreement and the Bank Agreement shall continue in full force and effect in
accordance with their terms as in effect before the date of this Agreement.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed this Agreement as of the date
and year first above written.

FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION                    FLUSHING SAVINGS BANK, FSB
By: /s/ James F. McConnell                        By:  /s/ Anna M. Piacentini
    --------------------------                       --------------------------
Name:   James F. McConnell                        Name:    Anna M. Piacentini
Title:  President and C.E.O.                      Title:   Senior Vice President


/s/  Michael J. Hegarty
- ------------------------------
Michael J. Hegarty




Consulting Agreement between Flushing Savings Bank, FSB, Flushing Financial
Corporation and Gerard P. Tully, Sr.


                                    AGREEMENT

      Agreement effective as of December 1, 1995, between Flushing Savings Bank,
FSB, a federal savings bank (the "Bank"), Flushing Financial Corporation, a
Delaware corporation (the "Company") and Gerard P. Tully, Sr. ("Mr. Tully").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

      A. Mr. Tully is Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Bank and
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Company (collectively referred to as
"Chairman");

      B. The Bank and the Company recognize that Mr. Tully, as Chairman, devotes
substantial time to the business affairs of the Bank and the Company above and
beyond that required of directors; and

      C. The Bank and the Company desire to continue to have available the
leadership, advice and counsel of Mr. Tully and the parties wish to formalize
the arrangement whereby Mr. Tully receives compensation for his additional
services as Chairman.

      NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the mutual
convenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1. Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on December 31, 1995
and end on November 30, 1998, unless the Agreement is extended on terms mutually
acceptable to the Bank, the Company and Mr. Tully or is terminated earlier as
provided in Section 7.

      2. Services. During the term of this Agreement, Mr. Tully shall consult
with and advise the officers of the Bank and the Company and their respective
Boards concerning the business and financial affairs of the Bank and the
Company. Mr. Tully shall be free to exercise his own discretion and judgment in
the performance of such services and with respect to the time, place, method,
and manner of performance, subject to his fiduciary obligations to the Bank and
the Company as a director and Chairman. Mr. Tully is expected periodically to
meet in person and to confer by telephone with Senior Officers, but shall not be
required to perform all of such services on the premises of the Bank or the
Company.

      3. Compensation. During the term of this Agreement, the Bank and the
Company will pay Mr. Tully an aggregate fee of $5,833.33 per month. Payment will
be made on the last business day of the month for which the fee is paid.

      4. Expenses. Mr. Tully shall be reimbursed for expenses reasonably and
necessarily incurred by him in connection with the performance of his services
under this Agreement, in accordance with the Bank's and the Company's then
applicable policies and procedures. Mr. Tully shall furnish the Bank and the
Company with appropriate documentation required by the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations thereunder or otherwise reasonably required under the Bank's and the
Company's policies in connection with such expenses.

      5. Independent Contractor Status. Mr. Tully's services under this
Agreement shall be provided by him as an independent contractor in his capacity
as Chairman. Nothing contained in this Agreement or in the performance of the
services hereunder shall be construed as creating the relationship



<PAGE>



of employer and employee between the Bank or the Company and Mr. Tully. Mr.
Tully understands that he will not be entitled to receive any insurance or other
employee benefits provided by the Bank and the Company to its employees. The
Bank and the Company shall not withhold federal, state or local taxes with
respect to the compensation payable to Mr. Tully under this Agreement.

      6. Termination. This Agreement shall terminate immediately in the event
Mr. Tully ceases to be Chairman. Upon such termination, Mr. Tully shall be paid
any amounts then due under Sections 3 and 4, including his full monthly fee for
the month in which the termination occurred without regard to the day of the
month on which it occurred. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event
Mr. Tully ceases to be Chairman within three months following a "Change in
Control", as defined in the 1996 Restricted Stock Incentive Plan of Flushing
Financial Corporation, then upon termination of this Agreement, Mr. Tully shall
be paid in one lump sum the amount of the aggregate fees that Mr. Tully would
have earned if he had continued to serve until the end of the term of this
Agreement, either as stated in Section 1 or as later extended.

      7. Entire Agreement: Modifications. This Agreement contains the entire
understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
may not be altered, varied, revised, or amended except by an instrument in
writing signed by Mr. Tully, the Bank and the Company subsequent to the date of
this Agreement.

      8. Assignment. This Agreement is for the personal services of Mr. Tully
and shall not be assignable by Mr. Tully.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Mr. Tully, the Bank and the Company have caused this
Agreement to be executed as of this 20th day of August, 1996, but effective as
of the day and year first above written.

                                    FLUSHING SAVINGS BANK, FSB
                                    By:  /s/ Michael J. Hegarty
                                         -------------------------

                                    FLUSHING FINANCIAL CORPORATION
                                    By:  /s/  James F. McConnell
                                         -------------------------

                                    /s/  Gerard P. Tully, Sr.
                                    ------------------------------
                                    Gerard P. Tully, Sr.




EXHIBIT 23.1  CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


COOPERS & LYBRAND
COOPERS & LYBRAND L.L.P.
a professional services firm



                       Consent of Independent Accountants



We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement of
Flushing Financial Corporation on Form S-8 No. 33-98202 and Form S-8 No.
333-3878, of our report dated February 28, 1997, on our audits of the
consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules of Flushing
Financial Corporation, and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1996, which report is
included in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Flushing Financial Corporation.



                                                   /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

                                                   Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.







New York, New York
March 26, 1997.







Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. is a member of Coopers & Lybrand International, a
limited association incorporated in Switzerland.



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                                            9
<LEGEND>
This schedule contains summary financial information extracted from the
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Financial Condition at December 31,
1996(Audited) and the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income for the year
ended December 31, 1996 (Audited) and is qualified in its entirety by reference
to such financial statements.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1,000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<CASH>                                           6,961  
<INT-BEARING-DEPOSITS>                             511  
<FED-FUNDS-SOLD>                                26,953  
<TRADING-ASSETS>                                     0  
<INVESTMENTS-HELD-FOR-SALE>                    331,895  
<INVESTMENTS-CARRYING>                               0  
<INVESTMENTS-MARKET>                                 0  
<LOANS>                                        388,217  
<ALLOWANCE>                                      5,437  
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 775,343  
<DEPOSITS>                                     584,479  
<SHORT-TERM>                                         0  
<LIABILITIES-OTHER>                              6,582  
<LONG-TERM>                                     51,000  
                                0  
                                          0  
<COMMON>                                            89  
<OTHER-SE>                                     133,192  
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES-AND-EQUITY>                 775,343  
<INTEREST-LOAN>                                 29,161  
<INTEREST-INVEST>                               25,120  
<INTEREST-OTHER>                                   780  
<INTEREST-TOTAL>                                55,061  
<INTEREST-DEPOSIT>                              24,164  
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                              26,302  
<INTEREST-INCOME-NET>                           28,759  
<LOAN-LOSSES>                                      418  
<SECURITIES-GAINS>                                 126  
<EXPENSE-OTHER>                                 15,941  
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                 12,526  
<INCOME-PRE-EXTRAORDINARY>                      12,526  
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0  
<CHANGES>                                            0  
<NET-INCOME>                                     6,715  
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                     0.84  
<EPS-DILUTED>                                     0.84  
<YIELD-ACTUAL>                                    7.68  
<LOANS-NON>                                      2,408  
<LOANS-PAST>                                         0  
<LOANS-TROUBLED>                                     0  
<LOANS-PROBLEM>                                      0  
<ALLOWANCE-OPEN>                                 5,310  
<CHARGE-OFFS>                                      535  
<RECOVERIES>                                       244  
<ALLOWANCE-CLOSE>                                5,437  
<ALLOWANCE-DOMESTIC>                             5,437  
<ALLOWANCE-FOREIGN>                                  0  
<ALLOWANCE-UNALLOCATED>                          5,437  
                                               


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission